S-4

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2004

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware	2835	04-3565120
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

The following subsidiaries of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. are guarantors of the 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 and are co-registrants:

Name of Additional Registrant	State of Incorporation or Organization	I.R.S. Employer Identification Number	Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number
Advantage Diagnostics Corporation	Delaware	20-1247157	2835
Applied Biotech, Inc.	California	33-0447325	2835
Forefront Diagnostics, Inc.	California	33-0733551	2835
Innovations Research, LLC	Delaware	20-0653511	2835
Inverness Medical, Inc.	Delaware	04-3350832	2835
Inverness Medical International Holding Corp.	Delaware	80-0077873	2835
Inverness Medical International Holding Corp. II	Delaware	20-0963463	2835
Morpheus Acquisition Corp.	Delaware	20-1100264	2835
Ostex International, Inc.	Washington	91-1450247	2835
Selfcare Technology, Inc.	Delaware	04-3383533	2835
Unipath Diagnostics, Inc.	Delaware	04-3584482	2835
Unipath Online, Inc.	Massachusetts	33-1026518	2835
Wampole Laboratories, LLC	Delaware	37-1485678	2835

51 Sawyer Road, Suite 200

Waltham, Massachusetts 02453

(781) 647-3900

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

Ron Zwanziger

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

51 Sawyer Road, Suite 200

Waltham, Massachusetts 02453

(781) 647-3900

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

With copies to:

Martin Carmichael III, PC

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02109-2881

(617) 570-1000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:    As soon as possible after the effective date of this registration statement.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, please check the following box. ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement number for the same offering. ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered	Amount To Be Registered	Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit (1)	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price (1)	Amount of Registration Fee
8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012	$150,000,000	100%	$150,000,000	$19,005
Guarantees of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012	(2)	(2)	(3)	(3)

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) The 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 will be guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under our senior credit facility.

(3) No additional consideration will be paid by the recipients of the 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 for the guarantees. Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no separate fee is payable for the guarantees.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not exchange the outstanding securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated June 30, 2004

Prospectus

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

ALL $150,000,000 UNREGISTERED

8¾% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2012

FOR

UP TO $150,000,000 8¾% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2012

THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

This Exchange Offer will expire at midnight, New York City time,

on                     , 2004, unless extended

We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, all $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 that we issued on February 10, 2004 for $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our registered 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. In this prospectus, we refer to the outstanding original notes as the “old notes” and the registered notes as the “new notes.” Collectively, we refer to the old notes and the new notes as the “notes.”

Material Terms of Exchange Offer

• The terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that the new notes will not contain the terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and payments of additional interest that relate to the old notes.

• The new notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under our senior credit facility.

• The exchange offer expires at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended.

• Subject to the terms of this exchange offer, we will exchange all of the old notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

• You may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time before the expiration of this exchange offer.

• The exchange of old notes for new notes generally will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

• We do not intend to list the new notes on any national securities exchange or seek approval for quotation through any automated trading system.

• The exchange offer is not subject to any condition other than it not violate applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission and all necessary governmental approvals shall have been obtained.

• We will not receive any proceeds from this exchange offer.

See the section entitled “ Risk Factors” that begins on page 11 for a discussion of the risks that you should carefully consider prior to tendering your outstanding old notes for exchange.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS

About this Prospectus	(ii)
Summary	1
Risk Factors	11
Risks Related to Tendering Old Notes for New Notes	11
Risks Related to Continued Ownership of Old Notes	12
Risks Relating to Our Debt, Including the New Notes	12
Risks Related to Our Business	16
Special Statement Regarding Forward Looking Statements	28
Selected Financial Data	30
The Exchange Offer	35
Description of the New Notes	46
Description of Other Indebtedness	88
Exchange Offer and Registration Rights	92
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences	95
Plan of Distribution	99
Legal Matters	100
Experts	100
Where You Can Find More Information	100
Incorporation of Documents by Reference	101

We have registered, applied to register or are using the following trademarks that are referred to in this prospectus: Clearblue^®, Clearblue Easy^®, Accu-Clear^tm, Persona^® and Clearview^®.

The following are trademarks of parties other than us: e.p.t^®, Athena Multi-Lyte^tm and Triomega^®.

(i)

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should only rely on the information contained in this prospectus or any supplement and any information incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information that is different. If you receive any unauthorized information, you must not rely on it. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any supplement is current as of any date other than the date on the front page of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospectus may have changed since that date.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to this exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by making that acknowledgment and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes, if the old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of this registration statement, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.” We refer to the effective date of this registration statement as the effective date.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) allows us to incorporate by reference the information we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important business and financial information to you by referring you to these documents. The information contained in the documents incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus and you may request a copy of these filings, and any exhibits we have specifically incorporated by reference as an exhibit in this prospectus, at no cost by writing or telephoning us at the following address or telephone number:

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.

51 Sawyer Road, Suite 200

Waltham, Massachusetts 02453

Attention: Assistant Secretary

(781) 647-3900

This prospectus is part of a registration statement we filed with the SEC relating to these securities. We have incorporated exhibits into this registration statement. You should read the exhibits carefully for provisions that may be important to you. You may refer to the registration statement and the exhibits for more information about us and our securities. As permitted by the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits we file with the SEC. The registration statement and exhibits are available through the SEC’s web site.

If you would like to request documents, you must request the information no later than                 , 2004.

(ii)

SUMMARY

This summary highlights what we believe to be the material information appearing in other sections of this prospectus. However, it likely does not contain all the information that is important to you or that you should consider before exchanging your old notes for new notes. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section, and the documents incorporated by reference and should consider consulting with your own legal and tax advisors to understand fully the terms of the exchange offer and the new notes. In this prospectus, unless the context requires otherwise, “we,” “us,” “our,” or “our company” in this prospectus refer collectively to Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and their respective predecessor entities for the applicable periods, considered as a single enterprise, except that when these terms are used in connection with descriptions of obligations under the registration rights agreement they refer solely to Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. and the subsidiaries of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. that are guarantors of the notes. “EBITDA” refers to income from continuing operations before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization.

OUR COMPANY

General

We are a leading global developer, manufacturer and marketer of in vitro diagnostic products for the over-the-counter pregnancy and fertility/ovulation test market and the professional rapid diagnostic test market. Our business is organized into two reportable segments, consumer products and professional diagnostics. Through our consumer products segment, we hold a leadership position in the worldwide over-the-counter pregnancy and fertility/ovulation test market. We sell our pregnancy and fertility/ovulation test products in the premium branded sector, the value branded sector and the private label sector. In addition, we manufacture and market a variety of vitamins and nutritional supplements under our brands and those of private label retailers primarily in the U.S. consumer market. Through our professional diagnostics segment, we develop, manufacture and market an extensive array of innovative rapid diagnostic test products and other in vitro diagnostic tests to medical professionals and laboratories for detection of infectious diseases, drugs of abuse and pregnancy. Today, we are a leader in the worldwide professional rapid diagnostic test market. We have grown our consumer products and professional diagnostics segments by leveraging our strong intellectual property portfolio and making selected strategic acquisitions. Our consumer and professional diagnostic products are sold in approximately 90 countries through our direct sales force and an extensive network of independent global distributors.

Our consumer products segment primarily targets the women’s health market through home pregnancy detection tests and home fertility/ovulation prediction tests. In this market, we offer premium branded products, including Clearblue, value branded products, including Accu-Clear, and private label products. Our Clearblue branded pregnancy test was the first one-step pregnancy test and currently holds a leadership position globally. Our digital pregnancy test, Clearblue Easy Digital, was the first consumer pregnancy test to display test results in words, and our Clearblue Easy Fertility Monitor remains the only hormone-based reusable monitoring device available for home use to assist women attempting to conceive. Additionally, we have entered into two separate supply arrangements with Pfizer pursuant to which we agreed to supply Pfizer with a digital version of its e.p.t pregnancy tests on a non-exclusive basis beginning in December 2003 and the non-digital version of its premium branded e.p.t pregnancy tests beginning in June 2004 and continuing for five years. We sell our premium and value branded products over-the-counter through drugstores, groceries and mass merchandisers, and we sell our private label products to major retailers such as Walgreens, CVS, RiteAid and Boots. As a part of our consumer products segment, we also market a wide variety of vitamins and nutritional supplements through retail drug stores, mass merchandisers, groceries and warehouse clubs primarily within the United States.

1

Our professional diagnostics segment consists of diagnostic test products designed to assist medical professionals in both preventative and interventional medicine. We offer our customers an extensive array of rapid diagnostic test products, which address the need for quick, accurate results at the point-of-care. We also offer products in a variety of other platforms, including enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA tests), the AtheNA Multi-Lyte ANA Test System, indirect fluorescent antibody and microbiology assay tests and serology diagnostic products. Our products test for: infectious diseases, including tests for Epstein-Barr virus, strep throat, herpes simplex virus, measles and mumps; pregnancy; autoimmune disease; bone resorption, to assist in managing osteoporosis; and drugs of abuse. Through our direct sales force and distributor relationships, we have access to the major customers in the professional diagnostic test market, including hospitals, reference labs, physicians’ offices and other point-of-care settings.

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 51 Sawyer Road, Suite 200, Waltham, Massachusetts 02453 and our telephone number is (781) 647-3900. Our website is http://www.invernessmedical.com. The information found on our website is not part of this prospectus. Our common stock is listed on the American Stock Exchange under the symbol “IMA.”

Additional Information

For a more complete description of our business, you should refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2003, our most recently completed fiscal year as of the date of this prospectus, and to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for our fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2004.

Recent Developments

Acquisition of Viva Diagnostika

On June 2, 2004, we acquired Viva Diagnostika – Diagnostische Produkte – GmbH, or Viva Diagnostika, a closely held distributor of professional diagnostic products to the German marketplace. We paid approximately $2.6 million (€2.1 million) in cash, and issued a total of 155,209 shares of our common stock in a private placement to the shareholders of Viva Diagnostika in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of Viva Diagnostika and an affiliated entity. Under the terms of the agreement, shortly after the acquisition we also caused Viva Diagnostika and its affiliate to repay approximately $0.29 million (€0.24 million) in loans outstanding to their former shareholders.

Acquisition of Advantage Diagnostics Corporation

On June 15, 2004, we acquired Advantage Diagnostics Corporation, or ADC, a closely held lateral flow diagnostic company that specializes in rapid test development and component manufacturing. We paid $2.4 million in cash and $210,000 in the form of payoff of ADC debt to acquire all of the stock of ADC though a merger transaction. The terms also provide for $1.5 million of contingent consideration payable to the ADC shareholders in the future upon the successful completion of a new product under development. The acquisition also eliminates a future royalty stream payable by our subsidiary, Applied Biotech, Inc., or ABI, to ADC under a ten year license agreement beginning in January 2003 relating to a proprietary drugs of abuse test system developed by ADC for ABI.

2

SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The Exchange Offer	We are offering to exchange up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the new notes for up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes.
	The terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes except that the new notes will not contain the terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and payments of additional interest that relate to the old notes. The new notes and the old notes will be governed by the same indenture dated February 10, 2004.
	Outstanding old notes may be tendered, and will be exchanged, only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. New notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.
Registration Rights Agreement	We issued $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes on February 10, 2004 in a private offering. In connection with the private offering, we and the guarantors and UBS Warburg LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, the initial purchasers in the offering, entered into a registration rights agreement that granted the holders of the old notes issued in the private offering exchange and registration rights. Specifically, in the registration rights agreement, we agreed to file, on or before July 9, 2004, this exchange registration statement with respect to a registered offer to exchange the old notes for the new notes. We also agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to have this exchange registration statement declared effective by the SEC on or before October 7, 2004. We also agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to consummate the exchange offer on or before November 8, 2004. If we fail to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement, additional interest will accrue on the old notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following failure to meet any of the deadlines listed above. The amount of the additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of additional interest of 1.0% per annum, from and including the date on which any of the deadlines listed above were not met to, but excluding, the earlier of (1) the date on which all registration defaults have been cured or (2) the date on which all of the notes otherwise become freely transferable by holders other than affiliates of ours or any guarantor without further registration under the Securities Act.
Expiration Date	The exchange offer will expire at midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless we extend the exchange offer. The exchange offer will not, under any circumstances, be extended beyond November 8, 2004.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer	The exchange offer is not subject to any conditions, other than that (1) the exchange offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (2) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental

3

	agency which might materially impair our ability or the ability of any guarantor to proceed with the exchange offer and (3) all necessary governmental approvals shall have been obtained. Please read the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” for more information regarding the conditions to the exchange offer.
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes	The old notes were issued as global securities. Beneficial interests which are held by direct or indirect participants in The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, as shown on, and transfers of the old notes can be made only through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC with respect to its participants.
	If you are a holder of old notes held in book-entry form and you wish to tender your old notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to the exchange agent, on or prior to the expiration date either:
	•      a written or facsimile copy of an executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or
	•      a computer-generated message transmitted by means of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system, and forming a part of confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.
	The exchange agent must also receive on or prior to the expiration date a timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of your old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, in accordance with the procedures described for book-entry transfer in this prospectus under the heading, “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.”
	By tendering your old notes, you will represent to us in writing that, among other things:
	•      you are not an affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of ours or any guarantor;
	•      you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;
	•      the new notes you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of business; and
	•      you are not a broker-dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act.
	Furthermore, if you are a broker-dealer that will receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you will acknowledge to us that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.
	If any of these conditions are not satisfied and you transfer any new notes issued to you in the exchange offer without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption

4

	from registration from these requirements you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We will not assume, nor will we indemnify you against, any such liability.
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners	If you are the beneficial owner of book-entry interests and your name does not appear on a security position listing of DTC as the holder of those book-entry interests or you own a beneficial interest in outstanding old notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf.
	If you are a beneficial owner who wishes to tender on the registered holder’s behalf, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the old notes, you must either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.”
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures	If you wish to tender your old notes in the exchange offer but the required documentation cannot be completed by the expiration date or the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you must tender your old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes—Guaranteed Delivery.”
Effect of Not Tendering	Old notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted will, following the completion of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to existing restrictions upon transfer of the old notes.
	The trading market for old notes not exchanged in the exchange offer may be significantly more limited than it is at present. Therefore, if your old notes are not tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, it may become more difficult for you to sell or transfer your unexchanged old notes.
	Furthermore, you will not generally be able to require us to register your old notes under the Securities Act and you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer your old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act.
Broker-Dealers	Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that we will use commercially reasonable efforts to keep this exchange registration statement continuously effective for a period of

5

	at least 180 days after the date on which it is declared effective to satisfy such broker-dealers’ prospectus delivery requirements. See “Plan of Distribution.”
	Any broker-dealer who acquired old notes from us may not rely on interpretations of the staff of the SEC to the foregoing effect and must instead comply with the registration requirements and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act (including being named as a selling securityholder) in order to resell the old notes or the new notes.
Withdrawal Rights	You may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time prior to the expiration date. To withdraw, the exchange agent must receive a notice of withdrawal at its address indicated under “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent” before midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date. We will return to you, without charge, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer any old notes that you tendered but were not accepted for exchange.
Federal and State Regulatory Requirements	In connection with the exchange offer, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements that must be complied with or approval that must be obtained, except for SEC approval of this exchange registration statement.
Tax Consequences
United States Holders	The exchange of old notes for new notes in this exchange offer will not constitute a sale or exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes and you will not recognize a gain or loss if you exchange your old notes for new notes. You must generally include the interest on the new notes in ordinary income in accordance with your regular method of accounting. Generally, you will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange, redemption, payment upon maturity or other taxable disposition of a new note. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences—Taxation of Holders Who Are U.S. Persons.”
Non-United States Holders	The exchange of old notes for new notes will not constitute a sale or exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on any interest paid on the new notes or any gain realized on a sale or other disposition of the new notes provided you comply with applicable certification requirements. In certain circumstances, you may be subject to regular U.S. income tax on certain income from the new notes in the same manner as if you were a U.S. person. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax (unless reduced or eliminated by an applicable treaty) on your effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences—Taxation of Holders Who Are Non-U.S. Persons.”
Accounting Treatment	The new notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the old notes and we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes. See “The Exchange Offer—Accounting Treatment.”

6

Acceptance of Old Notes and Delivery of New Notes	We will accept for exchange any and all old notes that are properly tendered in the exchange offer prior to the expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.” The new notes issued pursuant to this exchange offer will be delivered promptly following the expiration date.
Exchange Agent	We have appointed U.S. Bank Trust National Association as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The mailing address and telephone number of the exchange agent are: U.S. Bank Trust National Association, 180 East Fifth Street, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101, Attention: Specialized Financing, (651) 244-8161. See “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”
Fees and Expenses	We will pay all expenses related to this exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer—Fees and Expenses.”
Use of Proceeds	We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the new notes. We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement.

7

SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE NEW NOTES

Issuer	Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.
New Notes	$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012.
Interest	8¾% per year. Interest will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2004. Holders of new notes will receive interest from the last date on which interest was paid on the old notes or, if no interest has been paid, from February 10, 2004.
Maturity Date	February 15, 2012.
Optional Redemption	We may redeem the new notes, in whole or part, at any time on or after February 15, 2008, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a premium declining ratably to par, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, prior to February 15, 2007, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the new notes issued with the proceeds of qualified equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.75% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. See “Description of New Notes—Optional Redemption.”
Change of Control	If we experience a change of control, we may be required to offer to purchase the notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. We might not be able to pay you the required price for new notes you present us at the time of a change of control because our senior credit facility or other indebtedness may prohibit payment or we might not have enough funds at that time. See “Description of the New Notes—Change of Control.”
Ranking, Guarantees	The new notes will be unsecured and will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt, including our guarantee of all borrowings under our senior credit facility. The new notes will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities, including trade payables, of those of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the new notes.
	The new notes will be guaranteed by us and all of our domestic subsidiaries (as defined) that are guarantors or borrowers under our senior credit facility.
	The guarantees will be general unsecured obligations of the guarantors and will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of the applicable guarantors, which includes their guarantees of, and borrowings under our senior credit facility.
	As of March 31, 2004, the guarantors (including us) had no senior debt balances outstanding, and the guarantors had guaranteed repayment of an additional $25.0 million available to be borrowed under the revolving portion of our senior credit facility.
	For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated net revenues of $51.7 million, or 57% of our consolidated net revenues, and operating income of $5.6 million, or

8

	121% of our consolidated operating income, which, after adding back depreciation and amortization of $3.2 million and subtracting $0.5 million of other expense applicable to the non-guarantor subsidiaries, amounted to EBITDA of $8.3 million, or approximately 88% of our consolidated EBITDA for that period. In addition, as of March 31, 2004, our non-guarantor subsidiaries held 53% of our total assets and had total liabilities of $69.1 million, excluding intercompany payable balances. For additional information, see note 13 of the notes to our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and note 18 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as amended.
Covenants	The indenture which will govern the new notes when issued, which is the same indenture governing the old notes, contains covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things: •      incur additional indebtedness; •      pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our stock; •      make investments; •      sell assets; •      incur liens; •      enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; •      enter into transactions with affiliates; and •      consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described under the heading “Description of the New Notes” in this prospectus.
Exchange Offer, Registration Rights, Liquidated Damages	In the registration rights agreement, we agreed to: •      file, on or before July 9, 2004, this exchange registration statement with respect to a registered offer to exchange the old notes for the new notes. •      use our commercially reasonable efforts to have this exchange registration statement declared effective by the SEC on or before October 7, 2004; •      complete this exchange offer on or before November 8, 2004; and •      file a shelf registration statement for the resale of the old notes if we cannot complete the exchange offer within the time periods listed above and in certain other circumstances.

9

	If we fail to comply with these obligations, additional interest will accrue on the old notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following any such registration default. The amount of the additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of additional interest of 1.0% per annum, from and including the date on which any such registration default occurred to, but excluding, the earlier of (1) the date on which all registration defaults have been cured or (2) the date on which all of the old and new notes otherwise become freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates without further registration under the Securities Act. This exchange offer is being made to satisfy the requirements of the registration rights agreement.
Transfer Restrictions	The old notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws and are subject to restrictions on transfer. The new notes have been registered under the Securities Act and are not subject to those restrictions.
Absence of Public Market	The new notes will generally be freely transferable but will be a new issue of securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the new notes. At the time of the private offering, the initial purchasers advised us that they intended to make a market for the old notes and, if issued, the new notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any such market-making activities at any time without notice. The old notes are eligible for trading in The PORTAL Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., but the new notes will not be eligible for trading in that market.
Form of Denominations	The new notes will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered global notes, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000. These global notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for, and in the name of, a nominee of DTC. New notes in certificated form will be issued in exchange for the global notes only under limited circumstances.
Risk Factors	See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for discussion of risk factors you should carefully consider prior to tendering your outstanding old notes for exchange.

10

RISK FACTORS

There are various risks, including those described below, which may materially impact your investment in the notes or may in the future, and, in some cases already do, materially affect us and our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should carefully consider these factors, as well as the risk factors identified from time to time in our periodic filings with the SEC, in connection with your investment in the notes. This section includes or refers to certain forward-looking statements; you should read the explanation of the qualifications and limitations on such forward-looking statements beginning on page 28 of this prospectus.

Risks Related to Tendering Old Notes for New Notes

There is no established trading market for the new notes, and you may not be able to sell them quickly or at the price that you paid.

The new notes are a new issue of securities and there is no established trading market for the new notes. We do not intend to apply for the new notes to be listed on any securities exchange or to arrange for quotation on any automated dealer quotation systems. At the time of the private offering, the initial purchasers advised us that they intended to make a market in the new notes, but they are not obligated to do so. The initial purchasers may discontinue any market-making in the new notes in their sole discretion at any time. As a result, there may be no established trading market for the new notes which, in turn, could negatively impact your ability to sell the new notes at a particular time. In addition, if there is no established trading market for the new notes, the prices that you receive when you sell may not be favorable. The old notes are eligible for trading in The PORTAL Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., but the new notes will not be eligible for trading in that market. We also cannot assure you as to the level of liquidity of the trading market for the new notes or, in the case of any holders of old notes that do not exchange them, the trading market for the old notes following the offer to exchange the old notes. Future trading prices of the new notes will depend on many factors, including:

• our operating performance and financial condition;

• our ability to complete the offer to exchange the old notes for the new notes;

• the interest of securities dealers in making a market; and

• the market for similar securities.

If you do not carefully follow the required procedures in order to exchange your old notes, you will continue to hold old notes subject to transfer restrictions making it difficult for you to sell or otherwise transfer unexchanged old notes.

If the required procedures for the exchange of the old notes are not followed you will continue to hold old notes, which are subject to transfer restrictions. The new notes will be issued in exchange for the old notes only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of a duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you wish to tender your old notes, you must allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. Neither we nor the exchange agent has any duty to notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of old notes for exchange. Any holder of old notes who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker or dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired in market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the new notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

In certain instances, failure of participants in the exchange offer to deliver a prospectus in connection with transfers of the new notes could result in liability under the Securities Act.

Based on several no-action letters issued by the staff of the SEC, we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the new notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery

11

requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances described in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offer,” you will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act (including being named a selling securityholder) to transfer your new notes. In these cases, if you transfer any new note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.

Risks Related to Continued Ownership of Old Notes

If you do not exchange old notes for new notes, transfer restrictions will continue and trading of the old notes may be difficult which could result in the value of the unexchanged old notes decreasing.

The old notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and are subject to substantial restrictions on transfer. Old notes that are not tendered for exchange or are tendered but are not accepted will, following completion of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to existing restrictions upon transfers. We do not expect to register the old notes under the Securities Act. This means that you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable securities laws. As a result of these continued transfer restrictions, it may be difficult for you to sell or otherwise transfer unexchanged old notes. See “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

The trading market for unexchanged old notes could be limited making it difficult for you to sell or otherwise transfer unexchanged old notes which could result in the value of the unexchanged old notes decreasing.

There is a risk that an active trading market in the unexchanged old notes will not exist, develop or be maintained following the consummation of the exchange offer. The trading market for unexchanged old notes could become significantly more limited after the exchange offer due to the reduction in the amount of old notes outstanding upon consummation of the exchange offer. Therefore, if your old notes are not exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer it may become more difficult for you to sell or otherwise transfer your old notes. This reduction in liquidity may in turn reduce the market price, and increase the price volatility, of the old notes.

Risks Relating to Our Debt, Including the New Notes

Our business has substantial indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations, including making payments on the new notes.

We currently have, and we will likely continue to have, a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately $192.7 million in aggregate principal indebtedness outstanding, of which $16.7 million is secured indebtedness, and $50.3 million of additional borrowing capacity under the revolving portions of our credit facilities. In addition, subject to restrictions in our credit facilities and the indenture governing the notes, we may incur additional indebtedness.

Our substantial indebtedness could affect our future operations in important ways. For example, it could:

• make it more difficult to satisfy our obligations under the new notes, our credit facilities and our other debt-related instruments;

• require us to use a large portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, which would reduce the amount of cash available to finance our operations and other business activities and may require us, in order to meet our debt service obligations, to delay or reduce capital expenditures or the introduction of new products and/or forego business opportunities, including acquisitions, research and development projects or product design enhancements;

12

• limit our flexibility to adjust to market conditions, leaving us vulnerable in a downturn in general economic conditions or in our business and less able to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

• impair our ability to obtain additional financing;

• place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

• expose us to fluctuations in the interest rate environment with respect to our indebtedness that bears interest at variable rates.

We expect to obtain the money to pay our expenses and to pay the principal and interest on the new notes, our senior credit facility and our other debt from cash flow from our operations and from additional loans under our senior credit facility, subject to continued covenant compliance. Our ability to meet our expenses thus depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic and other factors. We will not be able to control many of these factors, such as economic conditions in the markets in which we operate and pressure from competitors. We cannot be certain that our cash flow will be sufficient to allow us to pay principal and interest on our debt, including the new notes, and meet our other obligations. If our cash flow and capital resources prove inadequate, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations, restructure or refinance our debt, including the new notes, seek additional equity capital or borrow more money. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so on terms acceptable to us. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility and the indenture governing the notes, may restrict us from adopting any of these alternatives. The failure to generate sufficient cash flow or to achieve such alternatives could significantly adversely affect the value of the new notes and our ability to pay principal of and interest on the notes and meet our other obligations.

Your right to receive payments on the new notes and the guarantees is subordinated to our and the guarantors’ senior debt.

Payment on the new notes and the guarantees will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our and the guarantors’ senior debt, including our senior credit facility. As a result, upon any distribution to our creditors or the creditors of any guarantor in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or such guarantor or our or its property, the holders of senior debt will be entitled to be paid in full in cash before any payment may be made on these new notes or the subsidiary guarantees. In these cases, we and the guarantors may not have sufficient funds to pay all of our creditors, and holders of new notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of senior debt and, due to the turnover provisions in the indenture, less, ratably, than the holders of unsubordinated obligations, including trade payables. In addition, all payments on the new notes and the guarantees will be blocked in the event of a payment default on senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 consecutive days in the event of certain non-payment defaults on designated senior debt.

The new notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ secured indebtedness and all indebtedness and other obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries account for a substantial portion of our assets and results of operations.

The new notes will not be secured. The lenders under our senior credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under our senior credit facility. For a description of the terms of our senior credit facility, see “Description of Other Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facility.” If we or any of the guarantors declare bankruptcy, liquidate or dissolve, or if payment under our senior credit facility or any of our other secured indebtedness is accelerated, our secured lenders would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law and will have a claim on those assets before the holders of the new notes. As a result, the new notes are effectively subordinated to our and our subsidiaries’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness, and the holders of the new notes would in all likelihood recover ratably less than the lenders of our and our subsidiaries’ secured indebtedness in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution.

13

In addition, the new notes will be structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities and other obligations of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the new notes. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated net revenues of $51.7 million, or 57% of our consolidated net revenues, and operating income of $5.6 million, or 121% of our consolidated operating income, which, after adding back depreciation and amortization of $3.2 million and subtracting $0.5 million of other expense applicable to the non-guarantor subsidiaries, amounted to EBITDA of $8.3 million, or approximately 88% of our consolidated EBITDA for that period. In addition, as of March 31, 2004, our non-guarantor subsidiaries held 53% of our total assets and had total liabilities of $69.1 million, excluding intercompany payable balances. For additional information, see note 13 of the notes to our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements included in our Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and note 18 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as amended. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment on their claims from assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us. Under some circumstances, the terms of the new notes will permit our non-guarantor subsidiaries to incur additional specified indebtedness.

We have entered into agreements governing our indebtedness that subject us to various restrictions that may limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.

The agreements governing our indebtedness, including the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility and the indenture governing the notes, subject us to various restrictions on our ability to engage in certain activities, including, among other things, our ability to:

• incur additional indebtedness;

• pay dividends or make distributions or repurchase or redeem our stock;

• acquire other businesses;

• make investments;

• make loans to or extend credit for the benefit of third parties or our subsidiaries;

• enter into transactions with affiliates;

• raise additional capital;

• make capital or finance lease expenditures;

• dispose of or encumber assets; and

• consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

These restrictions may limit our ability to pursue business opportunities or strategies that we would otherwise consider to be in our best interests.

Our credit facilities contain certain financial covenants that we may not satisfy which, if not satisfied, could result in the acceleration of the amounts due under our credit facilities and the limitation of our ability to borrow additional funds in the future.

As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately $12.7 million of indebtedness outstanding under our various credit facilities and approximately $50.3 million of additional borrowing capacity under these credit facilities. The agreements governing these credit facilities subject us to various financial and other covenants with which we must comply on an ongoing or periodic basis. These include covenants pertaining to fixed charge coverage, capital expenditures, various leverage ratios, minimum EBITDA, total net worth and minimum cash requirements. If we violate any of these covenants, there may be a material adverse effect on us. Most notably, our outstanding debt under one or more of our credit facilities could become immediately due and payable, our

14

lenders could proceed against any collateral securing such indebtedness, and our ability to borrow additional funds in the future may be limited.

A default under any of our agreements governing our indebtedness could result in a default and acceleration of indebtedness under other agreements.

The agreements governing our indebtedness, including the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility and the indenture governing the notes, contain cross-default provisions whereby a default under one agreement could result in a default and acceleration of our repayment obligations under other agreements. If a cross-default were to occur, we may not be able to pay our debts or borrow sufficient funds to refinance them. Even if new financing were available, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or terms that are acceptable to us. If some or all of our indebtedness is in default for any reason, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We may not be able to satisfy our obligations to holders of the new notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of a “change of control,” as defined in the indenture, each holder of the new notes will have the right to require us to purchase the new notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest. Our failure to purchase, or give notice of purchase of, the new notes would be a default under the indenture, which would in turn be a default under our senior credit facility. In addition, a change of control may constitute an event of default under our senior credit facility. A default under our senior credit facility would result in an event of default under our 3% convertible notes, 10% subordinated notes and, if the lenders accelerate the debt under our senior credit facility, the indenture, and may result in the acceleration of any of our other indebtedness outstanding at the time.

If a change of control occurs, we may not have enough assets to repay all of our indebtedness or to purchase all of the new notes tendered for purchase. Upon the occurrence of a change of control we could seek to refinance our existing indebtedness or obtain a waiver from the lenders or you as a holder of the new notes. If we are not able to obtain a waiver or refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, we may not be able to satisfy our obligations to holders of the new notes upon a change of control.

These purchase requirements may also delay or make it harder for others to obtain control of us.

The guarantees may be voided under specific legal circumstances.

The new notes will be guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under our senior credit facility. The guarantees may be subject to review under U.S. federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent conveyance laws if a bankruptcy or reorganization case or lawsuit is commenced by or on behalf of our or a guarantor’s unpaid creditors. Under these laws, if a court were to find in such a bankruptcy or reorganization case or lawsuit that, at the time any guarantor issued a guarantee of the new notes:

• it received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for issuing the guarantee and at the time:

• it was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of issuing the guarantee,

• it was engaged, or about to engage, in a business or transaction for which its remaining unencumbered assets constituted unreasonably small capital to carry on its business,

• it intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature, or

• it was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against it if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied; or

• it issued the guarantee to delay, hinder or defraud present or future creditors,

15

then the court could void the obligations under the guarantee, subordinate the guarantee of the new notes to other debt or take other action detrimental to you.

We cannot be sure as to the standard that a court would use to determine whether a guarantor was solvent at the relevant time, or, regardless of the standard that the court uses, that the issuance of the guarantees would not be voided or the guarantees would not be subordinated to other debt. If such a case were to occur, the guarantee could also be subject to the claim that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the guarantor, the obligations of the applicable guarantor were incurred for less than fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under the guarantee, subordinate the guarantee to the applicable guarantor’s other debt or take other action detrimental to holders of the new notes.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our acquisitions, and in particular our acquisitions of ABI and the Abbott rapid diagnostics product lines, may not be profitable, and the integration of these businesses or product lines may be difficult and may lead to adverse effects.

Since we commenced activities in November 2001, we have acquired and attempted to integrate into our operations Unipath Limited and its associated companies and assets, or the Unipath business, IVC Industries, Inc. (now doing business as Inverness Medical Nutritionals Group, or IMN), the Wampole Division of MedPointe Inc., or Wampole, and Ostex International, Inc., or Ostex. On August 27, 2003, we acquired ABI, and on September 30, 2003, we acquired assets related to Abbott Laboratories’ rapid diagnostics product lines, or the Abbott rapid diagnostics product lines. We have also made smaller acquisitions such as our recent acquisitions of Viva Diagnostika and Advantage Diagnostics Corporation. The ultimate success of all of our acquisitions depends, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated synergies, cost savings and growth opportunities from integrating these businesses or product lines into our existing businesses. However, the successful integration of independent companies or product lines is a complex, costly and time-consuming process. The difficulties of integrating companies and acquired assets include among others:

• consolidating manufacturing and research and development operations, where appropriate;

• integrating newly acquired businesses or product lines into a uniform financial reporting system;

• coordinating sales, distribution and marketing functions;

• establishing or expanding manufacturing, sales, distribution and marketing functions in order to accommodate newly acquired businesses or product lines;

• preserving the important licensing, research and development, manufacturing and supply, distribution, marketing, customer and other relationships;

• minimizing the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns; and

• coordinating geographically separate organizations.

We may not accomplish the integration of our acquisitions smoothly or successfully. The diversion of the attention of our management from our current operations to the integration effort and any difficulties encountered in combining operations could prevent us from realizing the full benefits anticipated to result from these acquisitions and adversely affect our other businesses. Ultimately, the value of any company, product line or assets that we have acquired may not be greater than or equal to their purchase prices.

If we choose to acquire or invest in new and complementary businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves, such acquisitions or investments could disrupt our business and, depending on how we finance these acquisitions or investments, could result in the use of significant amounts of cash.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. Accordingly, from time to time we may

16

seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves. Acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, including:

• the inability to complete the acquisition or investment;

• disruption of our ongoing businesses and diversion of management attention;

• difficulties in integrating the acquired entities, products or technologies;

• difficulties in operating the acquired business profitably;

• the inability to achieve anticipated synergies, cost savings or growth opportunities;

• potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired business;

• difficulties in transitioning key customer, distributor and supplier relationships;

• risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience; and

• unanticipated costs.

In addition, any future acquisitions or investments may result in:

• issuances of dilutive equity securities, which may be sold at a discount to market price;

• use of significant amounts of cash;

• the incurrence of debt;

• the assumption of significant liabilities;

• unfavorable financing terms;

• large one-time expenses; and

• the creation of certain intangible assets, including goodwill, the write-down of which may result in significant charges to earnings.

Any of these factors could materially harm our business or our operating results.

If goodwill and/or other intangible assets that we have recorded in connection with our acquisitions of other businesses become impaired, we could have to take significant charges against earnings.

In connection with the accounting for our acquisitions of the Unipath business, Wampole, Ostex, ABI and the Abbott rapid diagnostics product lines, we have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. Under current accounting guidelines, we must assess, at least annually and potentially more frequently, whether the value of goodwill and other intangible assets has been impaired. Any reduction or impairment of the value of goodwill or other intangible assets will result in a charge against earnings which could materially adversely affect our reported results of operations in future periods.

We could experience significant manufacturing delays, disruptions to our ongoing research and development and increased production costs if Unilever is unable to successfully assign or sublease to us the lease for the multi-purpose facility that we currently use in Bedford, England.

One of our primary operating facilities is located in Bedford, England. The Bedford facility is a multi-purpose facility that is registered with the FDA, contains state-of-the-art research laboratories and is equipped with specialized manufacturing equipment. This facility currently provides the manufacturing for our Clearblue and Clearview products, serves as our primary research and development center and serves as the administrative center for our European operations. We also use this facility to manufacture the digital and non-digital e.p.t pregnancy tests for Pfizer in connection with our supply arrangements with Pfizer for these products. We are

17

currently using the Bedford facility pursuant to our acquisition agreement with Unilever relating to our acquisition of the Unipath business in late 2001. Unilever currently leases this facility from a third party landlord. Pursuant to the terms of Unilever’s lease, Unilever cannot assign the lease or sublet the Bedford facility to us without first obtaining the landlord’s consent. The landlord has not yet, and may not in the future, consent to an assignment of the lease or a sublease to us. The terms of our acquisition agreement obligate Unilever to provide to us the benefit of its lease of the Bedford facility. If Unilever is unable to successfully acquire such consent or otherwise enable us to realize the benefit of Unilever’s lease of the Bedford facility, or if its lease is terminated, we may be forced to renegotiate a lease of the Bedford facility on substantially less favorable terms or seek alternative means of producing our products, conducting our research and housing our European administrative staff. In either case, we may experience increased production costs or manufacturing delays, which could prevent us from meeting contractual supply obligations or jeopardize important customer relationships. We may also suffer disruptions to our ongoing research and development while we are resolving these issues. We cannot assure you that we will be able to renegotiate a lease for the Bedford facility on terms that are acceptable to us or find an acceptable replacement for this facility. Any one or more of these events may have a material adverse effect on us.

Manufacturing problems or delays could severely affect our business.

We currently produce most of our consumer products in our manufacturing facilities located in New Jersey, San Diego, Bedford, England and Galway, Ireland and some of our professional diagnostic tests in our manufacturing facilities located in Bedford, England, San Diego and Yavne, Israel. Our production processes are complex and require specialized and expensive equipment. Replacement parts for our specialized equipment can be expensive and, in some cases, can require lead times of up to a year to acquire. In addition, our private label consumer products business, and our private label and bulk nutritional supplements business in particular, rely on operational efficiency to mass produce products at low margins per unit. We also rely on third parties to supply production materials and in some cases there may not be alternative sources immediately available.

In addition, we rely on third parties to manufacture most of our professional diagnostic products and certain components of our consumer diagnostic products, including products in development. For example, certain of the Abbott rapid diagnostics product lines are currently manufactured for us by Abbott Laboratories in Chicago under the terms of a transitional arrangement. Any event impacting our manufacturing facilities, our manufacturing systems or equipment, or our contract manufacturers or suppliers, including, without limitation, wars, terrorist activities, natural disasters and outbreaks of infectious disease (such as SARS), could delay or suspend shipments of products or the release of new products or could result in the delivery of inferior products. Our revenues from the affected products would decline or we could incur losses until such time as we were able to restore our production processes or put in place alternative contract manufacturers or suppliers. Even though we carry business interruption insurance policies, we may suffer losses as a result of business interruptions that exceed the coverage available under our insurance policies.

We may not be successful in manufacturing, shipping and selling our new digital pregnancy test.

In the second quarter of 2003, we shipped the first orders for our new digital pregnancy test, Clearblue Easy Digital, which is the first consumer pregnancy test on the market to display test results in words. We also entered into a supply agreement with Pfizer pursuant to which we began in December 2003 supplying Pfizer with a digital version of its e.p.t pregnancy tests on a non-exclusive basis. Instead of interpreting colored lines for a result, the digital display will spell out “Pregnant” or “Not Pregnant.” Manufacturing or distribution problems, or other factors beyond our control, could negatively impact the effectiveness of these new products and prevent us from meeting customer demand or our own sales forecasts. In addition, we cannot assure you that the market will accept these new products or that any such acceptance will not dilute market acceptance of our other consumer pregnancy test products or the non-digital e.p.t pregnancy test, which we will manufacture for Pfizer for a period of five years beginning in June 2004. Accordingly, there is no assurance that these new products will increase our overall revenues or profitability.

18

We may experience difficulties that may delay or prevent our development, introduction or marketing of new or enhanced products.

We intend to continue to invest in product and technology development. The development of new or enhanced products is a complex and uncertain process. We may experience research and development, manufacturing, marketing and other difficulties that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or marketing of new products or enhancements. We cannot be certain that:

• any of the products under development will prove to be effective in clinical trials;

• we will be able to obtain, in a timely manner or at all, regulatory approval to market any of our products that are in development or contemplated;

• any of such products can be manufactured at acceptable cost and with appropriate quality; or

• any such products, if and when approved, can be successfully marketed.

While we currently expect to submit a pro-thrombin test for FDA approval in late 2004 and to launch a congestive heart failure product in 2005 and new infectious disease products (including a high sensitivity strep throat test, rapid influenza A & B tests and a rapid HIV test) in 2004, the factors listed above, as well as manufacturing or distribution problems, or other factors beyond our control, could delay these launches. In addition, we cannot assure you that the market will accept these products. Accordingly, there is no assurance that our overall revenues will increase if and when these new products are launched.

We may experience difficulties that may delay or prevent us from completing our plans to centralize our U.S. consumer products packaging and distribution facilities, and our plans to manufacture certain products in China.

We have announced that we intend to develop a centralized U.S. consumer products packaging and distribution facility which is scheduled to be operational in the third quarter of 2004, and that we intend to transition the manufacture of portions of certain products to China beginning in the third quarter of 2004. We may not commence these operations in the time projected, or at all, if we are unable to develop or finalize the necessary third party relationships; acquire the required facilities, equipment or materials; or obtain any necessary consents or approvals. In addition, even if we do succeed in developing these new operations on schedule, operational problems, or other factors beyond our control, may prevent or delay us from recognizing cost savings, margin improvements or other benefits that we may expect.

If we fail to meet strict regulatory requirements, we could be required to pay fines or even close our facilities.

Our facilities and manufacturing techniques generally must conform to standards that are established by government agencies, including those of European and other foreign governments, as well as the FDA, and, to a lesser extent, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or the DEA, and local health agencies. These regulatory agencies may conduct periodic audits of our facilities to monitor our compliance with applicable regulatory standards. If a regulatory agency finds that we fail to comply with the appropriate regulatory standards, it may impose fines on us or if such a regulatory agency determines that our non-compliance is severe, it may close our facilities. Any adverse action by an applicable regulatory agency could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers’ demands. These regulatory agencies may also impose new or enhanced standards that would increase our costs as well as the risks associated with non-compliance. For example, we anticipate that the FDA may soon finalize and implement “good manufacturing practice,” or GMP, regulations for nutritional supplements. GMP regulations would require supplements to be prepared, packaged and held in compliance with certain rules, and might require quality control provisions similar to those in the GMP regulations for drugs. While our manufacturing facilities for nutritional supplements have been subjected to, and passed, third party inspections against anticipated GMP standards, the ongoing compliance required in the event that GMP regulations are adopted would involve

19

additional costs and would present new risks associated with any failure to comply with the regulations in the future.

If we deliver products with defects, our credibility may be harmed, market acceptance of our products may decrease and we may be exposed to liability in excess of our product liability insurance coverage.

The manufacturing and marketing of consumer and professional diagnostic products involve an inherent risk of product liability claims. In addition, our product development and production are extremely complex and could expose our products to defects. Any defects could harm our credibility and decrease market acceptance of our products. In addition, our marketing of vitamins and nutritional supplements may cause us to be subjected to various product liability claims, including, among others, claims that the vitamins and nutritional supplements have inadequate warnings concerning side effects and interactions with other substances. Potential product liability claims may exceed the amount of our insurance coverage or may be excluded from coverage under the terms of the policy. In the event that we are held liable for a claim for which we are not indemnified, or for damages exceeding the limits of our insurance coverage, that claim could materially damage our business and our financial condition.

Our sales of branded nutritional supplements have been trending downward since 1998 due to the maturity of the market segments they serve and the age of that product line and we may experience further declines in sales of those products.

Our sales of branded nutritional products have declined each year since 1998 until the year 2002 when they increased slightly as compared to 2001. We believe that these products have under-performed because they are, for the most part, aging brands with limited brand recognition that face increasing private label competition. The overall age of this product line means that we are subject to future distribution loss for under-performing brands, while our opportunities for new distribution on the existing product lines are limited. Though we did experience a slight increase in sales during 2002, the overall trend of declining sales for these products continued in 2003. As a result, we do not expect significant sales growth of our existing branded nutritional products and we may experience further declines in overall sales of our branded nutritional products in the future.

The vitamin and nutritional supplements market is subject to significant fluctuations based upon media attention and new developments.

Most growth in the vitamin and nutritional supplement industry is attributed to new products that tend to generate greater attention in the marketplace than do older products. Positive media attention resulting from new scientific studies or announcements can spur rapid growth in individual segments of the market, and also impact individual brands. Conversely, news that challenges individual segments or products can have a negative impact on the industry overall as well as on sales of the challenged segments or products. Most of our vitamin and nutritional supplements products serve well-established market segments and, absent unforeseen new developments or trends, are not expected to benefit from rapid growth. A few of our vitamin and nutritional products are newer products that are more likely to be the subject of new scientific studies or announcements, which could be either positive or negative. News or other developments that challenge the safety or effectiveness of these products could negatively impact the profitability of our vitamin and nutritional supplements business.

We market our Orgenics professional diagnostic products to small and medium sized customers in approximately 90 countries at considerable cost that reduces the operating margins for those products.

Because small and medium sized laboratories are the principal customers of our Orgenics professional diagnostic products, we sell these products worldwide in order to maintain sufficient sales volume. Our Orgenics professional diagnostic products are marketed in approximately 90 countries, including many third world and developing nations where smaller laboratories are the norm, more expensive technologies are not affordable and infectious diseases are often more prevalent. This worldwide sales strategy is expensive and results in lower margins than would be possible if we could generate sufficient sales volume by operating in fewer markets.

20

We could suffer monetary damages, incur substantial costs or be prevented from using technologies important to our products as a result of a number of pending legal proceedings.

We are involved in various legal proceedings arising out of our consumer diagnostics, nutritional supplements and professional diagnostics business. Our material pending legal proceedings are:

• a counterclaim by Princeton BioMeditech Corporation, or PBM, against us in a patent infringement suit maintained by our subsidiaries, Inverness Medical Switzerland GmbH and Unipath Diagnostics, Inc., against PBM et. al. in which PBM alleges that we have breached various obligations to PBM arising out of its joint venture with us; and

• a suit brought by Quidel Corporation alleging that we are infringing U.S. Patent No. 4,943,522 and seeking a declaratory finding that Quidel does not infringe certain of our patents and certain other patents owned by co-defendant Armkel LLC and that the patents are invalid and/or unenforceable.

Because of the nature of our business, we may be subject at any particular time to commercial disputes, consumer product claims or various other lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of our business, including employment matters, and expect that this will continue to be the case in the future. Such lawsuits generally seek damages, sometimes in substantial amounts, for commercial or personal injuries allegedly suffered and can include claims for punitive or other special damages. An adverse ruling or rulings in one or more such lawsuits could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our sales, operations or financial performance. In addition, we aggressively defend our patent and other intellectual property rights. This often involves bringing infringement or other commercial claims against third parties. These suits can be expensive and result in counterclaims challenging the validity of our patents and other rights. We cannot assure you that these lawsuits or any future lawsuits relating to our businesses will not have a material adverse effect on us.

The profitability of our consumer products businesses may suffer if we are unable to establish and maintain close working relationships with our customers.

Our consumer products businesses rely to a great extent on close working relationships with our customers rather than long-term exclusive contractual arrangements. Customer concentration in these businesses is high, especially in our private label nutritional supplements business. In addition, customers of our branded and private label consumer products businesses purchase products through purchase orders only and are not obligated to make future purchases. We therefore rely on our ability to deliver quality products on time in order to retain and generate customers. If we fail to meet our customers’ needs or expectations, whether due to manufacturing issues that affect quality or capacity issues that result in late shipments, we will harm our reputation and likely lose customers. The loss of a major customer and the failure to generate new accounts could significantly reduce our revenues or prevent us from achieving projected growth.

The profitability of our consumer products businesses may suffer if Pfizer Inc. is unable to successfully market and sell its e.p.t pregnancy tests.

Under the terms of a manufacturing, packaging and supply agreement that we entered into with Pfizer Inc., through one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Pfizer began purchasing its non-digital e.p.t pregnancy tests from us beginning on June 6, 2004 and is to continue to do so until June 6, 2009. Additionally, under the terms of a separate supply agreement, in December 2003, we began supplying Pfizer with a digital version of its e.p.t pregnancy test on a non-exclusive basis. The amount of revenues or profits that we generate under these agreements will depend on the volume of orders that we receive from Pfizer. As a result, if Pfizer is unable to successfully market and sell its e.p.t pregnancy tests, or if other events adversely affect the volume of Pfizer’s sales of its e.p.t pregnancy tests, then our future revenues and profit may be adversely affected.

Our private label nutritional supplements business is a low margin business susceptible to changes in costs and pricing pressures.

Our private label nutritional supplements business operates on low profit margins and we rely on our ability to efficiently mass produce nutritional supplements in order to make meaningful profits from this business. Changes

21

in raw material or other manufacturing costs can drastically cut into or eliminate the profits generated from the sale of a particular product. For the most part, we do not have long-term supply contracts for our required raw materials and, as a result, our costs can increase with little notice. The private label nutritional supplements business is also highly competitive such that our ability to raise prices as a result of increased costs is limited. Customers generally purchase private label products via purchase order, not through long-term contracts, and they often purchase these products from the lowest bidder on a product by product basis. The internet has enhanced price competition among private label manufacturers through the advent of on-line auctions, where customers will auction off the right to manufacture a particular product to the lowest bidder.

Retailer consolidation poses a threat to existing retailer relationships and can result in lost revenue.

In recent years there has been a rapid consolidation within the mass retail industry. Drug store chains, grocery stores and mass merchandisers, the primary purchasers of our consumer diagnostic products and vitamins and nutritional supplements, have all been subject to this trend. Because these customers purchase through purchase orders, consolidation can interfere with existing retailer relationships, especially private label relationships, and result in the loss of major customers and significant revenue streams.

Our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected by international business risks.

Approximately 36% of our net revenues were generated from outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2003. A significant number of our employees, including manufacturing, sales, support and research and development personnel, are located in foreign countries, including England, Ireland and Israel. Conducting business outside of the United States subjects us to numerous risks, including:

• increased costs or reduced revenue as a result of movements in foreign currency exchange rates;

• decreased liquidity resulting from longer accounts receivable collection cycles typical of foreign countries;

• lower productivity resulting from difficulties managing our sales, support and research and development operations across many countries;

• lost revenues resulting from difficulties associated with enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems;

• lost revenues resulting from the imposition by foreign governments of trade protection measures;

• higher cost of sales resulting from import or export licensing requirements;

• lost revenues or other adverse affects as a result of economic or political instability in or affecting foreign countries in which we sell our products or operate; and

• adverse effects resulting from changes in foreign regulatory or other laws affecting the sales of our products or our foreign operations.

Because our business relies heavily on foreign operations and revenues, changes in foreign currency exchange rates and our ability to convert currencies may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business relies heavily on our foreign operations. Three of our manufacturing facilities are outside the United States, in Bedford, England, Galway, Ireland and Yavne, Israel. Approximately 36% of our net revenues were generated from outside the United States during the year ended December 31, 2003. Our Clearblue pregnancy test product sales have historically been much stronger outside the United States, with 75% of net product sales of these products coming from outside the United States during the year ended December 31, 2003. In addition, the Abbott rapid diagnostics product lines, which were acquired on September 30, 2003, generate a majority of their sales outside the United States. Furthermore, Persona is sold exclusively outside of the United States and our Orgenics professional diagnostic products have always been sold exclusively outside of the United

22

States. Because of our foreign operations and foreign sales, we face exposure to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our primary exposures are related to the operations of our European subsidiaries. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could result in increased costs or reduced revenue and could impact our actual cash flow.

Our Orgenics subsidiary is located in Israel, and its operations could be negatively affected due to military or political tensions in the Middle East.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Orgenics, which develops, manufactures and sells certain of our professional diagnostic products, is incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel. The administrative offices and development and manufacturing operations of our Orgenics business are located in Yavne, Israel. Although most of Orgenics’s sales currently are to customers outside of Israel, political, economic and military conditions in Israel could nevertheless directly affect its operations. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between Israel and its Arab neighbors and a state of hostility, varying in degree and intensity, has led to security and economic problems for Israel. Despite its history of avoiding adverse effects, our Orgenics business could be adversely affected by any major hostilities involving Israel.

Terrorist attacks or acts of war may seriously harm our business.

Terrorist attacks or acts of war may cause damage or disruption to our company, our employees, our facilities and our customers, which could significantly impact our revenues, costs and expenses and financial condition. The terrorist attacks that took place in the United States on September 11, 2001 were unprecedented events that have created many economic and political uncertainties, some of which may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The potential for future terrorist attacks, the national and international responses to terrorist attacks, and other acts of war, including the current conflict in Iraq, or hostility have created many economic and political uncertainties, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition in ways that we currently cannot predict.

Intense competition could reduce our market share or limit our ability to increase market share, which could impair the sales of our products and harm our financial performance.

The medical products industry is rapidly evolving and developments are expected to continue at a rapid pace. Competition in this industry, which includes both our consumer diagnostics and professional diagnostics businesses, is intense and expected to increase as new products and technologies become available and new competitors enter the market. Our competitors in the United States and abroad are numerous and include, among others, diagnostic testing and medical products companies, universities and other research institutions. Our future success depends upon maintaining a competitive position in the development of products and technologies in our areas of focus. Our competitors may:

• develop technologies and products that are more effective than our products or that render our technologies or products obsolete or noncompetitive;

• obtain patent protection or other intellectual property rights that would prevent us from developing our potential products; or

• obtain regulatory approval for the commercialization of their products more rapidly or effectively than we do.

Also, the possibility of patent disputes with competitors holding foreign patent rights may limit or delay expansion possibilities for our diagnostics businesses in certain foreign jurisdictions. In addition, many of our existing or potential competitors have or may have substantially greater research and development capabilities, clinical, manufacturing, regulatory and marketing experience and financial and managerial resources.

23

The market for the sale of vitamins and nutritional supplements is also highly competitive. This competition is based principally upon price, quality of products, customer service and marketing support. There are numerous companies in the vitamins and nutritional supplements industry selling products to retailers such as mass merchandisers, drug store chains, independent drug stores, supermarkets, groceries and health food stores. As most of these companies are privately held, we are unable to obtain the information necessary to assess precisely the size and success of these competitors. However, we believe that a number of our competitors, particularly manufacturers of nationally advertised brand name products, are substantially larger than we are and have greater financial resources.

The rights we rely upon to protect the intellectual property underlying our products may not be adequate, which could enable third parties to use our technology and would reduce our ability to compete in the market.

Our success will depend in part on our ability to develop or acquire commercially valuable patent rights and to protect our intellectual property. Our patent position is generally uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions. The degree of present and future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain.

The risks and uncertainties that we face with respect to our patents and other proprietary rights include the following:

• the pending patent applications we have filed or to which we have exclusive rights may not result in issued patents or may take longer than we expect to result in issued patents;

• the claims of any patents which are issued may not provide meaningful protection;

• we may not be able to develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

• the patents licensed or issued to us or our customers may not provide a competitive advantage;

• other parties may challenge patents or patent applications licensed or issued to us or our customers;

• patents issued to other companies may harm our ability to do business; and

• other companies may design around technologies we have patented, licensed or developed.

In addition to patents, we rely on a combination of trade secrets, nondisclosure agreements and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect our intellectual property rights. Nevertheless, these measures may not be adequate to safeguard the technology underlying our products. If they do not protect our rights, third parties could use our technology and our ability to compete in the market would be reduced. In addition, employees, consultants and others who participate in the development of our products may breach their agreements with us regarding our intellectual property and we may not have adequate remedies for the breach. We also may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights in some foreign countries. For a variety of reasons, we may decide not to file for patent, copyright or trademark protection or prosecute potential infringements of our patents. We also realize that our trade secrets may become known through other means not currently foreseen by us. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, our competitors or customers may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or products that are equal or superior to our technology and products without infringing on any of our intellectual property rights or design around our proprietary technologies.

Claims by other companies that our products infringe on their proprietary rights could adversely affect our ability to sell our products and increase our costs.

Substantial litigation over intellectual property rights exists in both the consumer and professional diagnostic industries. We expect that our products and products in these industries could be increasingly subject to third party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products and technology in different industry segments overlaps. Third parties may currently have, or may eventually be issued, patents on

24

which our products or technology may infringe. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringement against us. Any litigation could result in the expenditure of significant financial resources and the diversion of management’s time and resources. In addition, litigation in which we are accused of infringement may cause negative publicity, have an impact on prospective customers, cause product shipment delays or require us to develop non-infringing technology, make substantial payments to third parties, or enter into royalty or license agreements, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If a successful claim of infringement was made against us and we could not develop non-infringing technology or license the infringed or similar technology on a timely and cost-effective basis, our revenue may decrease and we could be exposed to legal actions by our customers.

We have initiated, and may need to further initiate, lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, which could be expensive and, if we lose, could cause us to lose some of our intellectual property rights, which would reduce our ability to compete in the market.

We rely on patents to protect a portion of our intellectual property and our competitive position. In order to protect or enforce our patent rights, we may initiate patent litigation against third parties, such as infringement suits or interference proceedings. Litigation may be necessary to:

• assert claims of infringement;

• enforce our patents;

• protect our trade secrets or know-how; or

• determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others.

Currently, we have initiated a number of lawsuits against competitors who we believe to be selling products that infringe our proprietary rights. These current lawsuits and any other lawsuits that we initiate could be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, we may provoke third parties to assert claims against us.

Patent law relating to the scope of claims in the technology fields in which we operate is still evolving and, consequently, patent positions in our industry are generally uncertain. We may not prevail in any of these suits and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially valuable. During the course of these suits, there may be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions and other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors perceive any of these results to be negative, our stock price could decline.

Non-competition obligations and other restrictions will limit our ability to take full advantage of our management team, the technology we own or license and our research and development capabilities.

Members of our management team have had significant experience in the diabetes field. In addition, technology we own or license may have potential applications to this field and our research and development capabilities could be applied to this field. However, in conjunction with our split-off from Inverness Medical Technology, Inc., or IMT, we agreed not to compete with IMT and Johnson & Johnson in the field of diabetes for 10 years. In addition, Mr. Ron Zwanziger, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, and two of our senior scientists, Dr. David Scott and Dr. Jerry McAleer, have entered into consulting agreements with IMT that impose similar restrictions. Further, our license agreement with IMT prevents us from using any of the licensed technology in the field of diabetes. As a result of these restrictions, we cannot pursue opportunities in the field of diabetes.

25

We are obligated to indemnify IMT and others in connection with our split-off and merger transaction with Johnson & Johnson, and we have assumed liabilities in connection with the split-off and merger and certain of our business acquisitions.

In connection with the split-off and merger transaction with Johnson & Johnson we agreed to indemnify IMT and other related persons for specified liabilities related to our businesses including pre-split-off tax liabilities relating to the businesses we acquired from IMT, statements in the proxy statement/prospectus issued in connection with the split-off and merger and breaches of our obligations under the split-off and merger agreement and certain related agreements. We also assumed all of the liabilities of the consumer diagnostics, nutritional supplement and professional diagnostics businesses that we acquired from IMT. In addition, through our acquisitions of the Unipath business, IMN, Wampole, Ostex and ABI, we also assumed or acquired substantially all of the liabilities of those businesses.

While no claims for indemnification have yet been made, or may ever be made, we are unable to predict the amount, if any, that may be required for us to satisfy our indemnification obligations under these agreements. However, if claims are made for indemnification and we are liable for such claims, the amount could be substantial. In such an event, we may not have sufficient funds available to satisfy our potential indemnification obligations. In addition, we may be unable to obtain the funds on terms satisfactory to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain the necessary funds, we will need to consider other alternatives, including sales of assets, to raise necessary funds.

You are unlikely to be able to exercise effective remedies against Arthur Andersen LLP, our former independent public accountants.

Although we have dismissed Arthur Andersen LLP as our independent public accountants and have now engaged BDO Seidman, LLP, our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2001 and for the year then ended included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A filed on April 22, 2004, and incorporated by reference into this prospectus were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP.

On March 14, 2002, Arthur Andersen LLP was indicted on federal obstruction of justice charges arising from the government’s investigation of Enron Corporation. On June 15, 2002, a jury in Houston, Texas found Arthur Andersen LLP guilty of these federal obstruction of justice charges. In light of the jury verdict and the underlying events, Arthur Andersen LLP subsequently substantially discontinued operations and dismissed essentially its entire workforce. You are therefore unlikely to be able to exercise effective remedies or collect judgments against Arthur Andersen LLP. In addition, Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion of its report in this prospectus, and the requirement to file its consent has been dispensed with in reliance on Rule 437a under the Securities Act. Because Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion of its report in this prospectus, you will not be able to recover against Arthur Andersen LLP under Section 11 of the Securities Act for any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen LLP or any omissions to state a material fact required to be stated in those financial statements.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to various factors and as a result period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations will not necessarily be meaningful.

Factors relating to our business make our future operating results uncertain and may cause them to fluctuate from period to period. Such factors include:

• the timing of new product announcements and introductions by us and our competitors;

• market acceptance of new or enhanced versions of our products;

• changes in manufacturing costs or other expenses;

• competitive pricing pressures;

26

• the gain or loss of significant distribution outlets or customers;

• increased research and development expenses;

• the timing of any future acquisitions;

• general economic conditions; or

• general stock market conditions or other economic or external factors.

Our historical financial information relating to periods beginning prior to our split-off from Inverness IMT on November 21, 2001 may not be representative of our results as a separate company.

On November 21, 2001, we were split-off from IMT and became an independent, publicly owned company as part of a transaction by which IMT was acquired by Johnson & Johnson. Prior to that time, we had been a majority owned subsidiary of IMT, and the businesses that we acquired in connection with the restructuring that preceded the split-off represented approximately 20% of IMT’s net product sales during the calendar quarter concluded immediately prior to the split-off. The historical financial information relating to any periods beginning prior to November 21, 2001, included in our reports filed with the SEC, report on time periods prior to the split-off and reflect the operating history of our businesses when we were a part of IMT. As a result, the financial information may not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone company during those periods. This financial information also may not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will be in the future. This is not only related to the various risks associated with the fact that we have not been a stand-alone company for a long period of time, but also because:

• various adjustments and allocations have been made to produce these financial statements because IMT did not account for us as a single stand-alone business for those periods presented; and

• the information, to the extent it does not report on a period ending on or after November 21, 2001, does not reflect many significant changes that occurred in our financial condition, capital structure and operations as a result of our separation from IMT.

The adjustments and allocations we made in preparing the financial information for any periods beginning prior to November 21, 2001 may not appropriately reflect our operations during those periods as if we had operated as a stand-alone company.

Period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful due to our acquisitions.

We have engaged in a number of significant acquisitions in recent years which make it difficult to analyze our results and to compare them from period to period, including the acquisitions of the Unipath business in December 2001, IVC Industries, Inc. in March 2002, Wampole in September 2002, Ostex in June 2003, ABI in August 2003 and the Abbott rapid diagnostics product lines in September 2003. Period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful due to these acquisitions and are not indications of our future performance. Any future acquisitions will also make our results difficult to compare from period to period in the future.

27

SPECIAL STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “intend,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “continue” or similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations, contain projections of our future results of operations or of our financial condition or state other “forward-looking” information. There may be events in the future that we are not able to predict accurately or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. We caution investors that all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those we discuss in this prospectus. These differences may be the result of various factors, including those factors described in the “Risk Factors” section in this prospectus and other risk factors identified from time to time in our periodic filings with the SEC. Some important additional factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any such forward-looking statements are as follows:

• economic factors, including inflation and fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, and the potential effect of such fluctuations on revenues, expenses and resulting margins;

• competitive factors, including technological advances achieved and patents attained by competitors and generic competition;

• domestic and foreign healthcare changes resulting in pricing pressures, including the continued consolidation among healthcare providers, trends toward managed care and healthcare cost containment and government laws and regulations relating to sales and promotion, reimbursement and pricing generally;

• government laws and regulations affecting domestic and foreign operations, including those relating to trade, monetary and fiscal policies, taxes, price controls, regulatory approval of new products and licensing;

• manufacturing interruptions, delays or capacity constraints or lack of availability of alternative sources for components for our products, including our ability to successfully maintain relationships with suppliers, or to put in place alternative suppliers on terms that are acceptable to us;

• difficulties inherent in product development, including the potential inability to successfully continue technological innovation, complete clinical trials, obtain regulatory approvals in the United States and abroad, gain and maintain market approval of products and the possibility of encountering infringement claims by competitors with respect to patent or other intellectual property rights which can preclude or delay commercialization of a product;

• significant litigation adverse to us including product liability claims, patent infringement claims and antitrust claims;

• product efficacy or safety concerns resulting in product recalls or declining sales;

• the impact of business combinations, including acquisitions and divestitures, such as our recent acquisitions of Applied Biotech, Inc. and the Abbott rapid diagnostics product lines, and organizational restructurings consistent with our evolving business strategies;

• our ability to satisfy the covenants and other conditions contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness;

• our ability to obtain required financing on terms that are acceptable to us; and

• the issuance of new or revised standards by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or the SEC.

28

The foregoing list sets forth many, but not all, of the factors that could impact upon our ability to achieve results described in any forward-looking statements. Readers should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Prior to tendering your outstanding old notes for exchange, you should be aware that the occurrence of the events described above and elsewhere in this prospectus could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of future events or developments.

29

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables provide selected consolidated financial data of our company as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

The selected consolidated financial data as of and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements which are included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year end December 31, 2003 as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2004 (our “Form 10-K”) and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2004, respectively. The information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 included in our consolidated financial statements was audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, while the information for the year ended December 31, 2001 included in our consolidated financial statements was audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP.

On November 21, 2001, our company was split-off as an independent public company as part of a split-off and merger transaction whereby Johnson & Johnson acquired our former parent company, Inverness Medical Technology, Inc., or IMT. As part of the split-off and merger, we acquired all rights to IMT’s women’s health, nutritional supplement and professional diagnostics businesses, as well as certain intellectual property. Because we had not historically been operated or accounted for as a stand-alone business, the financial results for the periods prior to the split-off on November 21, 2001, presented below in the selected consolidated financial data, are derived from consolidated financial statements of our businesses, which have been carved out of IMT’s financial statements in accordance with the requirements of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. Because the financial results for the periods prior to the split-off have been carved out of IMT’s past financial statements, they may not reflect what our results of operations and financial position would have been had we been a separate stand-alone entity during those periods or be indicative of our future performance. In addition, the acquisitions of the Unipath business in December 2001, IVC Industries, Inc. (now doing business as Inverness Medical Nutritionals Group, or IMN) in March 2002, Wampole Laboratories in September 2002, Ostex International, Inc. in June 2003, ABI in August 2003 and the Abbott rapid diagnostics product lines in September 2003 materially affected the comparability of the selected consolidated financial data. For a discussion of certain factors that materially affect the comparability of the selected consolidated financial data or cause the data reflected herein not to be indicative of our future results of operations or financial condition, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Certain Factors Affecting Future Results” of our Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

We have made certain restatements to our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. For a discussion of the restatements, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and note 2(q) of our consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

30

It is important for you to read the following summary of selected financial data together with Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in our Form 10-K, our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and subsequent quarterly reports on Form 10-Q that we file with the SEC, all of which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2004			2003 (restated)			2003 (restated)			2002(2) (restated)			2001			2000			1999
	(in thousands, except per share data and ratios)
Statement of Operations Data:
Net products sales	$	88,201		$	62,979		$	286,984		$	200,399		$	47,268		$	49,728		$	49,087
License revenue		2,500			2,123			9,728			6,405			—			—			—
Net revenue		90,701			65,102			296,712			206,804			47,268			49,728			49,087
Cost of sales		53,741			35,272			168,120			114,653			26,662			26,796			28,348
Gross profit		36,960			29,830			128,592			92,151			20,606			22,932			20,739
Operating expenses:
Purchased in-process research and development		—			—			—			—			6,980			—			—
Research and development		7,423			4,685			24,280			14,471			1,810			1,360			1,395
Sales and marketing		13,551			11,541			51,705			39,544			8,018			7,540			8,056
General and administrative		11,320			8,366			35,452			28,066			11,702			7,048			7,214
Charge related to asset impairment		—			—			—			12,682			—			—			—
Stock-based compensation		—			6			447			10,625			10,441			—			—
Total operating expenses		32,294			24,598			111,884			105,388			38,951			15,948			16,665
Operating income (loss)		4,666			5,232			16,708			(13,237	)		(18,345	)		6,984			4,074
Interest and other income (expense), net		(7,323	)		(2,083	)		(3,270	)		(5,955	)		(4,310	)		(2,423	)		(2,710	)
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes		(2,657	)		3,149			13,438			(19,192	)		(22,655	)		4,561			1,364
Income taxes (benefit) provision		(478	)		856			1,169			2,683			2,134			1,781			1,007
(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(2,179	)	$	2,293		$	12,269		$	(21,875	)	$	(24,789	)	$	2,780		$	357
(Loss) income from continuing operations available to common stockholders(1):
Basic(1)	$	(2,928	)	$	2,120		$	11,311		$	(33,823	)	$	(24,789	)	$	2,780		$	357
Diluted(1)	$	(2,928	)	$	2,164		$	11,491		$	(33,823	)	$	(24,789	)	$	2,780		$	357
(Loss) income from continuing operations per common share(1):
Basic(1)	$	(0.15	)	$	0.15		$	0.72		$	(3.40	)	$	(3.89	)	$	0.59		$	0.11
Diluted(1)	$	(0.15	)	$	0.14		$	0.64		$	(3.40	)	$	(3.89	)	$	0.59		$	0.11
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(3)	$	9,490		$	8,627		$	37,691		$	4,762		$	(17,505	)	$	9,303		$	6,325
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)		0.7	x		2.1	x		2.2	x		—			—			3.1	x		1.6	x

31

	At March 31, 2004		At December 31,
			2003 (restated)		2002 (restated)		2001		2000			1999
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	26,142	$	24,622	$	30,668	$	52,024	$	3,071		$	661
Working capital (deficit)		57,654		45,220		27,685		19,555		(6,464	)		(4,060	)
Total assets		552,089		543,468		357,255		278,521		74,958			72,210
Total debt		191,423		176,181		104,613		78,124		12,830			19,076
Redeemable convertible preferred stock		—		6,185		9,051		51,894		—			—
Total stockholders’ equity		274,450		269,549		162,609		89,614		41,812			34,953

⁽¹⁾ (Loss) income available to common stockholders and basic and diluted (loss) income per share are computed as described in notes 1, 2(k) and 11 of the consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-K.

⁽²⁾ Upon the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” on January 1, 2002, we recorded an impairment charge of $12.1 million, or $1.22 per basic and diluted share, and accounted for the charge as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle which was subtracted from loss from continuing operations to arrive at net loss. Consequently, net loss available to common stockholders in 2002 was $46.0 million, or $4.62 per basic and diluted share.

⁽³⁾ EBITDA represents income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is presented because we believe that it is a useful indicator of our performance and ability to meet debt service and capital expenditure requirements. It allows investors and management to evaluate and compare our operating results from continuing operations from period to period in a meaningful and consistent manner in addition to standard financial measurements under GAAP. Management internally evaluates the performance of its businesses using EBITDA measures. EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities or net income, as a measure of liquidity or as an indicator of operating performance or any measure of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. Our calculation of EBITDA may be different from the calculation used by other companies and, accordingly, comparability may be limited. In addition, our calculation of EBITDA is different than that used in the covenants concerning our primary senior credit facilities and the definition of consolidated cash flow used in the indenture governing the notes.

Set forth in the table below is a reconciliation of (loss) income from continuing operations to EBITDA:

	Three Months Ended March 31,					Year Ended December 31,
	2004			2003 (restated)		2003 (restated)		2002 (restated)			2001			2000		1999
	(in thousands)
(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(2,179	)	$	2,293	$	12,269	$	(21,875	)	$	(24,789	)	$	2,780	$	357
Interest expense, net of interest income		7,423			2,081		8,668		13,646			1,909			2,008		2,118
Income taxes		(478	)		856		1,169		2,683			2,134			1,781		1,007
Depreciation and amortization		4,724			3,397		15,585		10,308			3,241			2,734		2,843
EBITDA	$	9,490		$	8,627	$	37,691	$	4,762		$	(17,505	)	$	9,303	$	6,325

32

(Loss) income from continuing operations includes the following non-cash or unusual items. No adjustment to EBITDA has been made for these items.

	Three Months Ended March 31,				Year Ended December 31,
	2004		2003 (restated)		2003 (restated)			2002 (restated)			2001		2000		1999
	(in thousands)
Non-cash stock-based compensation	$	—	$	6	$	447		$	10,625		$	10,441	$	—	$	—
Financing costs write-off and prepayment fees on early debt extinguishment		3,538		—		—			—			—		—		—
Settlement with Unilever		—		—		(3,803	)		—			—		—		—
Impairment of intangible assets		—		—		—			12,682			—		—		—
Gain from repurchase of beneficial conversion feature		—		—		—			(9,600	)		—		—		—
Purchased in-process research and development charge		—		—		—			—			6,980		—		—
Total non-cash and unusual items	$	3,538	$	6	$	(3,356	)	$	13,707		$	17,421	$	—	$	—

⁽⁴⁾ For the purpose of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, redemption interest, dividends of preferred stock and the portion of rent expense deemed to represent interest. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $19.2 million and $22.7 million, respectively.

33

Effect of the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard, or SFAS, No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”

On January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142 and, accordingly, no longer amortize goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives, but rather such assets are subject to annual impairment reviews or more frequently, if events or circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. During the first quarter of 2002, we completed the implementation review as required under SFAS No. 142 and recorded an impairment of goodwill related to our nutritional supplements reporting unit in the amount of $12.1 million, which we accounted for as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations in that period. The following table presents the (loss) income from continuing operations data of our company, as if no amortization of goodwill was recorded under SFAS No. 142 for all periods presented.

	Three Months Ended March 31,					Year Ended December 31,
	2004			2003 (restated)		2003 (restated)		2002 (restated)			2001			2000		1999
	(in thousands, except per share data)
(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(2,179	)	$	2,293	$	12,269	$	(21,875	)	$	(24,789	)	$	2,780	$	357
Add back: Goodwill amortization, net of tax		—			—		—		—			398			398		557
Adjusted (loss) income from continuing operations	$	(2,179	)	$	2,293	$	12,269	$	(21,875	)	$	(24,391	)	$	3,178	$	914
Adjusted (loss) income from continuing operations available to common stockholders(1):
Basic	$	(2,928	)	$	2,120	$	11,311	$	(33,823	)	$	(24,391	)	$	3,178	$	914
Diluted	$	(2,928	)	$	2,164	$	11,491	$	(33,823	)	$	(24,391	)	$	3,178	$	914
Adjusted (loss) income from continuing operations per common share(1):
Basic:	$	(0.15	)	$	0.15	$	0.72	$	(3.40	)	$	(3.83	)	$	0.67	$	0.27
Diluted	$	(0.15	)	$	0.14	$	0.64	$	(3.40	)	$	(3.83	)	$	0.67	$	0.27

⁽¹⁾ (Loss) income available to common stockholders and basic and diluted (loss) income per share are computed as described in notes 1, 2(k) and 11 of our consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-K.

34

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purposes and Effects of the Exchange Offer

We sold $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes on February 10, 2004 to initial purchasers, who resold the old notes to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and certain institutional non-U.S. persons under Regulation S under the Securities Act in a private offering. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed to file with the SEC a registration statement (the “exchange registration statement”) with respect to an offer to exchange the old notes for new notes. In addition, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the exchange registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act on or before October 7, 2004, to offer the new notes pursuant to the exchange offer and to issue the new notes in exchange for the old notes tendered prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. If we fail to meet the filing or completion deadlines set forth in the registration rights agreement, we will be required to pay the holders of old notes additional interest at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following failure to meet any of the filing or completion deadlines, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of additional interest of 1.0% per annum. This summary of the terms of the registration rights agreement does not contain all of the information that you should consider and we refer you to the provisions of the registration rights agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to the exchange registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and copies of which are available as indicated under the heading “Where You Can Find More Information.”

This prospectus is part of the exchange registration statement that we have filed with the SEC. The exchange offer is being made pursuant to the registration rights agreement to satisfy our obligations thereunder. You are a “holder” with respect to the exchange offer if your old notes are registered in your name on our books or if you have obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose old notes are held of record by DTC.

In the event that:

• applicable law or interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer,

• for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated on or before November 8, 2004,

• any holder of old notes is prohibited by law or SEC policy from participating in the exchange offer or does not receive new notes that may be sold without restriction (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of ours or any guarantor), or

• the initial purchasers so request with respect to old notes that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of unsold allotments in an initial distribution,

then we will, (a) as promptly as practicable, file a registration statement (the “shelf registration statement”) covering resales of the old notes or the new notes as the case may be, from time to time, prior to the later of (1) July 9, 2004 and (2) 60 days after the occurrence of such event, (b) use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the later of (1) November 8, 2004 and (2) 90 days after the filing of the shelf registration statement, (c) use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until February 10, 2006 (subject to extension as provided in the registration rights agreement) or such shorter period ending when all notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the shelf registration statement and (d) supplement or make amendments to the shelf registration statement as and when required by the registration rights agreement. We will, in the event a shelf registration statement is filed, among other things, provide to each holder for which such shelf registration statement was filed copies of the prospectus which is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the notes, as the case may be. A holder selling notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally would be required to be named as

35

a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement which are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification obligations). In addition, each holder of the notes to be registered under the shelf registration statement will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the shelf registration statement within the time period set forth in the registration rights agreement in order to have such holder’s notes included in the shelf registration statement and to benefit from the provisions regarding additional interest set forth above.

If you do not tender your old notes, or if your old notes are tendered but not accepted, you generally will have to rely on exemptions to registration requirements under the securities laws, including the Securities Act, if you wish to sell your old notes.

Under existing SEC interpretations, the new notes and the related guarantees will be freely transferable by holders other than affiliates of ours after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act. If you wish to exchanges your old notes for new notes you will be required to represent that, among other things:

• any new notes to be exchanged by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;

• you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

• your are not an “affiliate” of the company or any guarantor, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or if you are an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirement of the Securities Act to the extent applicable; and

• you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaged in, and you do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the new notes; and

• if you are a broker-dealer (“Participating Broker-Dealer”) that will receive new notes for your own account in exchange for old notes acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities and you are deemed to be a statutory underwriter, you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.

Under similar SEC interpretations, Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the new notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the old notes) with this prospectus. Under the registration rights agreement, if required by a Participating Broker-Dealer, we and the guarantors are required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Registration Statement continuously effective for a period of at least 180 days after the date on which such registration is declared effective to satisfy their prospectus delivery requirements.

The exchange offer is not being made to you, and you may not participate in the exchange offer, in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or its acceptance would not be in compliance with the securities laws of that jurisdiction.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all old notes validly tendered prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date. You should read “—Expiration Date; Extension; Termination; Amendments” below for an explanation of how the expiration date may be extended. We will issue up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new notes in exchange for a like principal amount of outstanding old notes that are validly tendered and accepted in the exchange offer. Subject to the conditions of the exchange offer described below, we will accept any and all old notes that are validly tendered.

36

You may tender some or all of your old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, old notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any number of aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered.

The form and terms of the new notes will be the same in all material respects as the form and terms of the old notes tendered in exchange for such new notes, except that the new notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer, will not be entitled to registration rights under our registration rights agreement and will not be entitled receive additional interest that relate to the old notes. The new notes will not represent additional indebtedness of ours and will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture, which is the same indenture under which the old notes were issued. Old notes that are accepted for exchange will be canceled and retired.

Interest on the new notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the old notes or, if no interest has been paid, from February 10, 2004. Accordingly, registered holders of new notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the completion of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from February 10, 2004. Old notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date the exchange offer closes. If your old notes are accepted for exchange, you will not receive any payment in respect of interest on the old notes for which the record date occurs on or after completion of the exchange offer.

You do not have any appraisal rights or dissenters’ rights under the indenture in connection with the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement. If you do not tender for exchange or if your tender is not accepted, the old notes will remain outstanding and you will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture, but generally will not be entitled to any registration rights under the registration rights agreement. We are not asking you for a proxy and you are requested not to send us a proxy.

In connection with the exchange offer, there are no federal or state regulatory requirements that must be complied with or approval that must be obtained, except for SEC approval of this exchange registration statement.

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the new notes from us. See “—Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange” below.

If any tendered old notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, we will return the certificates (if any) for the unaccepted old notes to the tendering holders of those notes, without expense, as promptly as practicable after the expiration date.

Tendering holders of old notes exchanged in the exchange offer will not be obligated to pay brokerage commissions or transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of their old notes other than as described in “—Transfer Taxes” or in Instruction 9 to the letter of transmittal. We will pay all other charges and expenses in connection with the exchange offer. Each holder of old notes shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such holder’s old notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments

The exchange offer will expire at midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended by us (the “expiration date”). The exchange offer will not, under any circumstances, be extended beyond November 8, 2004. We expressly reserve the right to extend the exchange offer on a daily basis or for such period or periods as

37

we may determine in our sole discretion from time to time by giving oral or written notice to the exchange agent and by making a public announcement to that effect, prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first business day following the previously scheduled expiration date. During any extension of the exchange offer, all old notes previously tendered, not validly withdrawn and not accepted for exchange will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us.

To the extent we are legally permitted to do so, we expressly reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to:

• delay accepting for exchange any old notes for new notes or extend or terminate the exchange offer and not accept for exchange any old notes for new notes if any of the events set forth under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” occur and we do not waive the condition by giving oral or written notice of the delay or termination to the exchange agent; or

• amend any of the terms of the exchange offer.

Any delay in acceptance for exchange, extension or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by a public announcement of the delay. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner we determine constitutes a material change, we will disseminate additional exchange offer materials and we will extend the exchange offer to the extent required by law. Any amendment to the exchange offer will apply to all old notes tendered, regardless of when or in what order the old notes were tendered. In the event that we terminate the exchange offer, we will give immediate notice to the exchange agent, and all old notes previously tendered and not accepted for payment will be returned promptly to the tendering holders. The rights we have reserved in this paragraph are in addition to our rights set forth under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

In the event that the exchange offer is withdrawn or otherwise not completed, new notes will not be given to holders of old notes that have tendered their old notes.

Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange

We will accept for exchange old notes validly tendered pursuant to the exchange offer, or defectively tendered, if such defect has been waived by us, and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will not accept old notes for exchange subsequent to the expiration date of the exchange offer. Tenders of old notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.

If for any reason, we delay acceptance for exchange of validly tendered old notes or we are unable to accept for exchange validly tendered old notes, then the exchange agent may, nevertheless, on our behalf, retain tendered old notes, without prejudice to our rights described under “—Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments” and “—Withdrawal of Tenders” subject to Rule 14e-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which requires that an offeror pay the consideration offered or return the securities deposited by or on behalf of the holders thereof promptly after the termination or withdrawal of a tender offer.

If any tendered old notes are not accepted for exchange for any reason, including if certificates are submitted evidencing more old notes than those that are tendered, certificates evidencing old notes that are not exchanged will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder, or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at a book-entry transfer facility under the procedure set forth under “—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes—Book-Entry Transfer,” such old notes will be credited to the account maintained at such book-entry transfer facility from which such old notes were delivered, unless otherwise required by such holder under “Special Delivery Instructions” in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration date or the termination of the exchange offer.

Procedures For Tendering Old Notes

Only a holder of old notes may tender them in the exchange offer. To validly tender in the exchange offer, you must deliver an agent’s message or a completed and signed letter of transmittal (or facsimile), together with any

38

required signature guarantees and other required documents, to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, and the old notes must be tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth below.

Any beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee or held through a book-entry transfer facility and who wishes to tender old notes should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender old notes on such beneficial owner’s behalf. If you are a beneficial owner who wishes to tender on the registered holder’s behalf, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the old notes, you must either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

If you tender an old note, and do not validly withdraw your tender, your actions will constitute an agreement with us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

Tender of Old Notes Held Through DTC. The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that the exchange offer is eligible for the DTC automated tender offer program. Accordingly, DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing DTC to transfer old notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s automated tender offer program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent.

The term “agent’s message” means, with respect to any tendered old notes, a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from each tendering participant to the effect that, with respect to those old notes, the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce such agreement against such participant. In the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, the term means a message transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from each tendering participant to the effect that, with respect to those old notes, they have received and agree to be bound by the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Tender of Old Notes Held in Physical Form. For a holder to validly tender old notes held in physical form:

• the exchange agent must receive at its address set forth in this prospectus a properly completed and validly executed letter of transmittal, or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any signature guarantees and any other documents required by the instructions to the letter of transmittal; and

• the exchange agent must receive certificates for tendered old notes at such address, or such old notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above. A confirmation of such book-entry transfer must be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. A holder who desires to tender old notes and who cannot comply with the procedures set forth in this prospectus for tender on a timely basis or whose old notes are not immediately available must comply with the procedures for guaranteed delivery set forth below.

Letters of transmittal and old notes should be sent only to the exchange agent and not to us or to any book-entry transfer facility.

The method of delivery of old notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. Delivery of such documents will be deemed made only when actually received by the exchange agent. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use an overnight or hand delivery service. If delivery is by mail, we suggest that the holder use properly insured, registered mail with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the tender for you. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders of old notes will be accepted.

39

Signature Guarantees. Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an eligible institution unless:

• the letter of transmittal is signed by the registered holder of the old notes tendered therewith, or by a participant in one of the book-entry transfer facilities whose name appears on a security position listing it as the owner of those old notes, or if any old notes for principal amounts not tendered are to be issued directly to the holder, or, if tendered by a participant in one of the book-entry transfer facilities, any old notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be credited to the participant’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, and neither the “Special Issuance Instructions” nor the “Special Delivery Instructions” box on the letter of transmittal has been completed, or

• the old notes are tendered for the account of an eligible institution.

An eligible institution is a firm that is a participant in the Security Transfer Agents Medallion Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, which is generally a member of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office in the United States.

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or another acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, that person should so indicate when signing and, unless we waive it, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

Book-Entry Transfer. The exchange agent will seek to establish a new account or utilize an outstanding account with respect to the old notes at DTC promptly after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility system and whose name appears on a security position listing it as the owner of the old notes may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent’s account. However, although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at a book-entry transfer facility, a properly completed and validly executed letter of transmittal, or a manually signed facsimile thereof, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents must, in any case, be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth in this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, or else the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with. The confirmation of a book-entry transfer of old notes into the exchange agent’s account at a book-entry transfer facility is referred to in this prospectus as a “book-entry confirmation.” Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility in accordance with that book-entry transfer facility’s procedures does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Guaranteed Delivery. If you wish to tender your old notes and:

• certificates representing your old notes are not lost but are not immediately available;

• time will not permit your letter of transmittal, certificates representing your old notes and all other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer; or

• the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer,

then, you may tender if both of the following are complied with:

• your tender is made by or through an eligible institution; and

• on or prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent has received from the eligible institution a properly completed and validly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by manually signed facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, in substantially the form provided with this prospectus.

40

The notice of guaranteed delivery must:

• set forth your name and address, the registered number(s) of your old notes and the principal amount of old notes tendered;

• state that the tender is being made thereby;

• guarantee that, within three American Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, the letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof properly completed and validly executed, together with certificates representing the old notes, or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal and the instructions thereto, will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

• guarantee that the exchange agent receives the properly completed and validly executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof with any required signature guarantees, together with certificates for all old notes in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, and any other required documents, within three American Stock Exchange trading days after the date of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Other Matters. New notes will be issued in exchange for old notes accepted for exchange only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:

• certificates for (or a timely book-entry confirmation with respect to) your old notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof with any required signature guarantees, or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an agent’s message; and

• any other documents required by the letter of transmittal.

All questions as to the form of all documents and the validity, including time of receipt, and acceptance of all tenders of old notes will be determined by us, in our sole discretion, the determination of which shall be final and binding. Alternative, conditional or contingent tenders of old notes will not be considered valid. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders of old notes that are not in proper form or the acceptance of which, in our opinion would be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities as to particular old notes.

Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding.

Any defect or irregularity in connection with tenders of old notes must be cured within the time we determine, unless waived by us. Tenders of old notes will not be deemed to have been made until all defects and irregularities have been waived by us or cured. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in tenders of old notes, or will incur any liability to holders for failure to give any such notice. Any old notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise proved in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion (subject to the limitations contained in the indenture):

• to purchase or make offers for any old notes that remain outstanding after the expiration date; and

• to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase old notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.

The terms of any purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange offer.

41

By tendering, you represent to us, among other things, that:

• you are not an affiliate of ours or any guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or, if you are our affiliate, that you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable;

• you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

• you are obtaining the new notes in the ordinary course of business whether or not you are the holder; and

• you are not a broker-dealer who is tendering old notes acquired directly from us.

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of old notes at any time prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date, unless previously accepted for exchange.

For your withdrawal to be effective:

• the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date, and prior to acceptance for exchange by us; or

• you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s automated tender offer program system.

Any notice of withdrawal must:

• specify the name of the person who tendered the old notes to be withdrawn;

• identify the old notes to be withdrawn, including the principal amount of the old notes;

• include a statement that such person is withdrawing its election to have its old notes exchanged; and

• be signed in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the old notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees).

If old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility and time of receipt of notice of withdrawal, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will deem any old notes so withdrawn not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer and no new notes will be issued with respect to them unless the old notes so withdrawn are validly retendered.

Any old notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder without cost to the holder or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures described above, such old notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the old notes. This return or crediting will take place as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

42

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange any new notes for, any old notes tendered, and we may terminate, extend or amend the exchange offer and may, subject to Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, which requires that an offeror pay the consideration offered or return the securities deposited by or on behalf of the holders thereof promptly after the termination or withdrawal of a tender offer, postpone the acceptance for exchange of old notes so tendered if, on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer we have determined that (a) the exchange offer would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (b) any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair our ability or the ability of any guarantor to proceed with the exchange offer or (c) all necessary governmental approvals have not been obtained.

These conditions to the exchange offer are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us in our sole discretion regardless of the circumstances giving rise to this condition or may be waived by us, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time in our sole discretion prior to the expiration date, other than regulatory approvals, which cannot be waived at any time. Our failure to exercise any of the foregoing rights at any time is not a waiver of any of these rights, and each of these rights will be an ongoing right, which may be asserted by us at any time and from time to time. We have not made a decision as to what circumstances would lead us to waive the condition, and any waiver would depend on circumstances prevailing at the time of that waiver. Any determination by us concerning the events described in this section shall be final and binding upon all persons. Our determination concerning the events described above will be final and binding upon all parties.

Although we have no present plans or arrangements to do so, we reserve the right to amend, at any time, the terms of the exchange offer. We will give holders notice of any amendments if required by applicable law.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

As a result of making the exchange offer, we will have fulfilled one of our obligations under the registration rights agreement. You will generally not have any further registration rights under the registration rights agreement or otherwise if you do not tender your old notes. Accordingly, if you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, your old notes will remain outstanding and will continue to be subject to their existing terms, except to the extent of those rights or limitations that, by their terms, terminate or cease to have further effectiveness as a result of the exchange offer. In addition, interest on the old notes will continue to accrue at the annual rate of 8¾%. Moreover, the old notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer:

• as set forth in the legend printed on the old notes as a consequence of the issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and

• otherwise set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the old notes.

In general, you may not offer or sell the old notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act, or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

The trading market for old notes not exchanged in the exchange offer may be significantly more limited than it is at present. Therefore, if your old notes are not tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, it may become more difficult for you to sell or transfer your unexchanged old notes. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Continued Ownership of Old Notes.”

All of the old notes and new notes will be issued under the same indenture. The old notes of each series and the new notes of that series will constitute a single series of debt securities under that indenture. If the exchange offer is consummated, any old notes that remain outstanding and the new notes of that series will constitute a single

43

series of debt securities under that indenture. This means that, in circumstances where the indenture provides for holders of debt securities of any series issued under the indenture to vote or take any other action as a class, the old notes of that series and the new notes of that series will vote or take the action as a single class.

Termination of Certain Rights

You will not be entitled to certain rights under the registration rights agreements following the completion of the exchange offer. The rights that generally will terminate are:

• to have us file with the SEC and use our commercially reasonable efforts to have declared effective a shelf registration statement to cover resales of the old notes by the holders thereof; and

• to receive additional interest if the exchange registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is not declared effective by the SEC, or the exchange offer is not consummated, within a specified time period.

Exchange Agent

U.S. Bank Trust National Association has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal or any other documents to the exchange agent. You should send certificates for old notes, letters of transmittal and any other required documents to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Courier:

U.S. Bank Trust National Association

180 East Fifth Street

St. Paul, Minnesota 55101

Attention: Specialized Financing

By Facsimile:

((651) 244-1537

Confirm by Telephone:

(651) 244-8161

Fees and Expenses

Except for customary fees we have agreed to pay the exchange agent, we will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person for soliciting tenders of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

Accounting Treatment

The new notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the old notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the completion of the exchange offer.

Transfer Taxes

The holder of the old notes will pay all transfer taxes applicable to the transfer and exchange of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your decision on what action to take.

44

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations in connection with the exchange offer other than those contained in this prospectus. If given or made, that information or those representations should not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any exchange made pursuant to the exchange offer will, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs or those of our subsidiaries since the respective dates as of which the information contained in this prospectus is given. The exchange offer is not being made to (and tenders will not be accepted from or on behalf of) holders of old notes in any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction. However, we intend to take any action we deem necessary to permit the completion of the exchange offer in any jurisdiction and to extend the exchange offer to holders of old notes in that jurisdiction.

We may in the future seek to acquire old notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer nor to file a registration statement to permit resales of any old notes except to the extent that we may be required to do so under the registration rights agreement.

45

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW NOTES

General

The old notes were and the new notes will be issued under an indenture dated as of February 10, 2004, among Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., as issuer, the Guarantors named therein, as guarantors, and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as trustee. The terms of the notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The notes are subject to all those terms and you should review the indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of the terms.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. It does not purport to be complete and does not restate the indenture in its entirety. You are encouraged to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holder of the notes. A copy of the indenture and registration rights agreement may be obtained as described under “Where You Can Find More Information” below.

The form and terms of the new notes are the same as the form and terms of the old notes, except that the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting the transfer of the new notes, will not be entitled to registration rights under the registration rights agreement and will not be entitled to receive additional interest that relate to the old notes.

You can find definitions of certain terms used in this description under the heading “—Certain Definitions.” As used below in this “Description of the New Notes” section, the “Issuer” means Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors, but not any of its subsidiaries and “Notes” means the new notes described in this prospectus that the Issuer will issue in this exchange offer.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The Notes will mature on February 15, 2012. The Notes will bear interest at a rate of 8 ³/4% from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid on the old notes, or if no interest has been paid on the old notes, from February 10, 2004, payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 15, 2004, to holders of record at the close of business on February 1 or August 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding the relevant interest payment date. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

The Notes will be issued in registered form, without coupons, and in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

An aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to $150,000,000 is being issued in this exchange offer. The Issuer may issue additional Notes in an unlimited principal amount having identical terms and conditions to the Notes being issued in this exchange offer (the “Additional Notes”), subject to compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness.” Any Additional Notes will be part of the same issue as the Notes being issued in this exchange offer and will be treated as one class with the Notes being issued in this exchange offer, including for purposes of voting, redemptions and offers to purchase. For purposes of this “Description of the Notes,” except for the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness,” references to the Notes include Additional Notes, if any.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer at least ten Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Issuer will make all payments on such Holder’s Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified in those instructions. Otherwise, payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent (the “Paying Agent”) and registrar (the “Registrar”) for the Notes within the City and State of New York unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

46

Subordination of Notes

The payment of all Obligations on or relating to the Notes will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt of the Issuer, including all Obligations with respect to the Credit Agreement, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or incurred after that date.

The holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the Credit Agreement, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on or relating to the Notes (other than Permitted Junior Securities) in the event of any distribution to creditors of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries:

• in a total or partial liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Issuer;

• in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its assets;

• in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

• in any marshalling of the Issuer’s assets and liabilities.

In addition, the Issuer may not make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligations on or relating to the Notes or acquire any Notes for cash or assets or otherwise (other than, in either case, Permitted Junior Securities), if:

• a payment default on any Senior Debt occurs and is continuing; or

• any other default occurs and is continuing on Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of such Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt, including, without limitation, the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement.

Payments on and distributions with respect to any Obligations on or with respect to the Notes may and shall be resumed:

• in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which all payment defaults are cured or waived (so long as no other event of default exists); and

• in case of a nonpayment default, the earliest of (1) the date on which all such nonpayment defaults are cured or waived, (2) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received or (3) the date on which the Trustee receives notice from the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice, unless the maturity of any Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.

No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice.

No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. Any subsequent action or any breach of any financial covenants for a period ending after the date of delivery of the initial Payment Blockage Notice that in either case would give rise to a default pursuant to any provisions under which a default previously existed or was continuing will constitute a new default for this purpose.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, payments and distributions made from the trust established pursuant to the provisions described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” will be permitted and will not be

47

subordinated so long as the payments into the trust were made in accordance with the requirements described under “—Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and did not violate the subordination provisions when they were made.

The Issuer must promptly notify holders of Senior Debt if payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default.

As a result of the subordination provisions described above in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer, Holders of the Notes may recover less ratably than creditors of the Issuer who are holders of Senior Debt. See “Risk Factors—Risks Associated with this Offering—Your right to receive payments on the notes and guarantees is subordinated to our and the guarantors’ senior debt.”

As of March 31, 2004, the Issuer and its restricted subsidiaries had no outstanding indebtedness under their Senior Debt and $50.0 million of undrawn borrowings available under the Credit Agreement.

Subordination of Guarantees

Each Guarantee will be subordinated to Guarantor Senior Debt on the same basis as the Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt.

Note Guarantees

The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture will be jointly and severally guaranteed (the “Note Guarantees”) by each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness or other Obligation under the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that if the proviso in the definition of “Domestic Subsidiary” shall cease to apply whereupon Morpheus Acquisition LLC shall become a Domestic Subsidiary, then Morpheus Acquisition LLC shall be required to guarantee the notes.

Not all of our Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes. Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Foreign Subsidiaries and Domestic Subsidiaries that do not guarantee any Indebtedness or other Obligation under the Credit Agreement will not be Guarantors. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, these non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debts and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, our non-guarantor subsidiaries generated net revenues of $51.7 million, or 57% of our consolidated net revenues, and operating income of $5.6 million, or 121% of our consolidated operating income, which, after adding back depreciation and amortization of $3.2 million and subtracting $0.5 million of other expense applicable to the non-guarantor subsidiaries, amounted to EBITDA of $8.3 million, or approximately 88% of our consolidated EBITDA for that period. In addition, as of March 31, 2004, our non-guarantor subsidiaries held 53% of our total assets and had total liabilities of $69.1 million, excluding intercompany payable balances. For additional information, see note 13 of the notes to our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements, note 18 of the notes to our audited financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus and “Risk Factors—The notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of our guarantors’ secured indebtedness and all indebtedness and other obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries—A substantial portion of our net revenues, operating (loss) income, EBITDA and total assets are provided by our non-guarantor subsidiaries.”

Under the circumstances described below under the subheading “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” the Issuer will be permitted to designate some of our Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” On the Issue Date, IVC Industries, Inc. and Orgenics, Ltd. and their respective Subsidiaries will be Unrestricted Subsidiaries and all other Domestic Subsidiaries of the Issuer will be Restricted Subsidiaries. These Unrestricted Subsidiaries did not contribute to our pro forma EBITDA for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and held 9% of our total assets as of March 31, 2004. The effect of designating a Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” will be:

• an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture;

48

• a Subsidiary that has previously been a Guarantor and that is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be released from its Note Guarantee; and

• the assets, income, cash flow and other financial results of an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be consolidated with those of the Issuer for purposes of calculating compliance with the restrictive covenants contained in the Indenture, except for income of the Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent any such income has actually been received by the Issuer or any of its Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without limitation, any guarantees under the Credit Agreement permitted under clause (1) of “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness”) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the Obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment for distribution under its Note Guarantee is entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on adjusted net assets of each Guarantor.

A Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee:

(1) in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Equity Interests of such Guarantor then held by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(2) if such Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or otherwise ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, upon effectiveness of such designation or when it first ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary, respectively; or

(3) if such Guarantor shall not guarantee any Indebtedness or other Obligation under the Credit Agreement (other than if such Guarantor no longer guarantees any Indebtedness or other Obligation under the Credit Agreement as a result of payment under any guarantee of any such Indebtedness or other Obligation by such Guarantor); provided, however, that a Guarantor shall not be permitted to be released from its Note Guarantee if it is an obligor with respect to any Indebtedness or other Obligation that would not, under “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness,” be permitted to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

Optional Redemption

Except as set forth below, the Notes may not be redeemed prior to February 15, 2008. At any time on or after February 15, 2008, the Issuer, at its option, may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning February 15 of the years indicated:

Year	Optional Redemption Price
2008	104.375	%
2009	102.188	%
2010 and thereafter	100.000	%

Redemption with proceeds from equity offerings

At any time prior to February 15, 2007, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to

49

108.75% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

The Issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to an issuer tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.

Selection and Notice of Redemption

In the event that less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not then listed on a national security exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided, however, that no Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. In addition, if a partial redemption is made pursuant to the provisions described in the second paragraph under “—Optional Redemption—Redemption with proceeds from equity offerings,” selection of the Notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of The Depository Trust Company), unless that method is otherwise prohibited.

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the date of redemption to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount of the Note to be redeemed. A new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Note will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Note upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the paying agent for the Notes funds in satisfaction of the redemption price (including accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed) pursuant to the Indenture.

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of any Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Issuer purchase that Holder’s Notes for a cash price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail, or caused to be mailed, to the Holders a notice:

(1) describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control;

(2) offering to purchase, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in the notice (a “Change of Control Offer”), on a date specified in the notice (which shall be a Business Day not earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed) and for the Change of Control Purchase Price, all Notes properly tendered by such Holder pursuant to such Change of Control Offer; and

(3) describing the procedures that Holders must follow to accept the Change of Control Offer. The Change of Control Offer is required to remain open for at least 20 Business Days or for such longer period as is required by law.

The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the date of purchase.

50

The agreements governing our outstanding Senior Debt currently prohibit us from purchasing any Notes, and also provide that some change of control events with respect to us would constitute a default under these agreements. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Issuer becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of our senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain the prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain a consent or repay the borrowings, the Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In that case, our failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Senior Debt. In these circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of Notes.

The provisions described above that require us to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the Issuer purchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

The Issuer’s obligation to make a Change of Control Offer will be satisfied if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

With respect to any disposition of assets, the phrase “all or substantially all” as used in the Indenture (including as set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Mergers, Consolidations, etc.” below) varies according to the facts and circumstances of the subject transaction, has no clearly established meaning under New York law (which governs the Indenture) and is subject to judicial interpretation. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Issuer, and therefore it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether the Holders have the right to require the Issuer to purchase Notes.

The Issuer will comply with applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-l under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Change of control” provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “Change of control” provisions of the Indenture by virtue of this compliance.

Certain Covenants

The Indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

Limitations on Additional Indebtedness

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Issuer or any Guarantor may incur additional Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Acquired Indebtedness if, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio would be at least (a) 2.00 to 1.00 if the incurrence occurs on or prior to the third anniversary of the Issue Date and (b) 2.25 to 1.00 if the incurrence occurs thereafter (the “Coverage Ratio Exception”).

Notwithstanding the above, each of the following shall be permitted (the “Permitted Indebtedness”):

(1) Indebtedness of the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million, less the aggregate amount of

51

Net Available Proceeds applied to repayments under the Credit Agreement in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitations on Asset Sales,” and (y) 85% of the book value of the accounts receivable plus 65% of the book value of inventory of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP as of the last day of the last full fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available;

(2) the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Note Guarantees and the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees in respect thereof issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above, and after giving effect to the intended use of proceeds of the Notes);

(4) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business for bona fide hedging purposes and not for the purpose of speculation that are designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity process; provided, however, that if such Hedging Obligations are of the type described in clause (1) of the definition thereof, (a) such Hedging Obligations relate to payment obligations on Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by this covenant, and (b) the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligations at the time incurred does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligations relate;

(5) Indebtedness of the Issuer owed to a Guarantor or a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than the Issuer, a Guarantor or a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (5);

(6) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds issued for the account of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety obligations (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed);

(7) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, and Refinancing Indebtedness thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $15.0 million;

(8) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence;

(9) Indebtedness arising in connection with endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or clause (2) or clause (3) above; provided, however, that in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary shall only be allowed to refinance its own Indebtedness or Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(11) Indebtedness of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed 5% of Consolidated Total Assets; and

(12) Indebtedness of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million at any time outstanding.

52

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through (12) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness and may divide and classify such Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described, except that Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been incurred under clause (1) above. In addition, for purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness under this covenant, guarantees, Liens or letter of credit obligations supporting Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included so long as incurred by a Person that could have incurred such Indebtedness.

The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Equity Interest will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

Limitations on Layering Indebtedness

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) senior in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary and subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

Limitations on Restricted Payments

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) the Issuer cannot incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception; or

(3) the amount of such Restricted Payment, when added to the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (2), (3), (4) or (5) of the next paragraph), exceeds the sum (the “Restricted Payments Basket”) of (without duplication):

(a) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing on the first day of the first full fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to and including the last day of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of such calculation for which consolidated financial statements are available (or, if such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such aggregate deficit), plus

(b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of the equity of a Person or of assets used in or constituting a line of business, in each case which becomes or becomes owned by a Restricted Subsidiary, received by the Issuer from the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests after the Issue Date, other than any such proceeds which are used to redeem Notes in accordance with the second paragraph under “—Optional Redemption—Redemption with proceeds from equity offerings;” provided, however, that the Issuer delivers to the Trustee:

(x) with respect to any equity or assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of $5.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth such Fair Market Value and a Secretary’s Certificate which sets

53

forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by a majority of the Independent Directors approving such Fair Market Value; and

(y) with respect to any equity or assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of $10.0 million, the certificates described in the preceding clause (x) and a written opinion as to the Fair Market Value of such equity or assets received by the Issuer from the issuance and sale of such Qualified Equity Interests to the Issuer issued by an Independent Financial Advisor (which opinion may be in the form of a fairness opinion with respect to the transaction in which the equity or assets are acquired), plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Issuer as contributions to the common equity of the Issuer after the Issue Date, other than any such proceeds which are used to redeem Notes in accordance with the second paragraph under “—Optional Redemption—Redemption with proceeds from equity offerings,” plus

(d) the aggregate amount by which Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date is reduced on the Issuer’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Issuer) into Qualified Equity Interests (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of assets, distributed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange), plus

(e) in the case of the disposition or repayment of or return on any Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment made after the Issue Date, an amount (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income) equal to the lesser of (i) the return of capital with respect to such Investment and (ii) the amount of such Investment that was treated as a Restricted Payment, in either case, less the cost of the disposition of such Investment and net of taxes, plus

(f) upon a Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary immediately following such Redesignation, and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Issuer’s Investments in such Subsidiary to the extent such Investments reduced the Restricted Payments Basket and were not previously repaid or otherwise reduced.

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if on the date of declaration the payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

(2) the redemption of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Equity Interests;

(3) the redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Equity Interests or (b) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the “Limitations on Additional Indebtedness” covenant and the other terms of the Indenture;

(4) the redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer held by officers, directors or employees or former officers, directors or employees (or their transferees, estates or beneficiaries under their estates), upon their death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment or service; provided, however, that the aggregate cash consideration paid for all such redemptions shall not exceed $2.0 million during any calendar year;

(5) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or warrants if the Equity Interests represents a portion of the exercise price thereof;

54

(6) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days after the completion of the offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture described under “—Optional Redemption—Change of control,” any purchase or redemption of Indebtedness of the Issuer required pursuant to the terms thereof; or

(7) Restricted Payments in an amount which, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (7), does not exceed $20.0 million;

provided, however, that (a) in the case of any Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (3) or (7) above, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or occur as a consequence thereof and (b) no issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above shall increase the Restricted Payments Basket, except to the extent the proceeds thereof exceed the amounts used to effect the transactions described therein.

Limitations on Dividend and other Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Equity Interests;

(b) make loans or advances or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) transfer any of its assets to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

except for:

(1) encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of applicable law;

(2) encumbrances or restrictions existing under the Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees;

(3) non-assignment provisions or other restrictions on transfer contained in any lease, license or other contract entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(4) encumbrances or restrictions existing under agreements existing on the date of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) as in effect on that date (with similar restrictions under any such agreement applicable to future Restricted Subsidiaries being permitted hereunder);

(5) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under the Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien;

(6) restrictions on the transfer of assets imposed under any agreement to sell such assets permitted under the Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale;

(7) any instrument governing Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired;

(8) any other agreement governing Indebtedness entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that are, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than those in effect on the Issue Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary (or any future Restricted Subsidiary) pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

(9) customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person;

55

(10) Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness” that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (c) above on the assets acquired; and

(11) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (10) above; provided, however, that such amendments or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, no more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions, taken as a whole, than those prior to such amendment or refinancing.

Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to, or purchase any assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis by the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer or that Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee:

(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate value expended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a consecutive twelve-month period in excess of $5.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above and a Secretary’s Certificate which sets forth and authenticates a resolution that has been adopted by a majority of the Independent Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate value expended by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a consecutive twelve-month period of $10.0 million or more, the certificates described in the preceding clause (a) and a written opinion as to the fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

(1) transactions exclusively between or among (a) the Issuer and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, in each case, that no Affiliate of the Issuer (other than another Restricted Subsidiary) owns Equity Interests of any such Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) director, officer and employee compensation (including bonuses) and other benefits (including retirement, health, stock option and other benefit plans) and indemnification and insurance arrangements;

(3) the entering into of a tax sharing agreement, or payments pursuant thereto, between the Issuer and/or one or more Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other Person with which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries are required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return or with which the Issuer or such Subsidiaries are part of a consolidated group for tax purposes, on the other hand, which payments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not materially in excess of the tax liabilities that would have been payable by them on a stand-alone basis;

(4) loans and advances permitted by clause (3) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(5) Restricted Payments which are made in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitations on Restricted Payments” and the purchase, repayment or redemption of the 10% Subordinated Notes and 3% Convertible Notes at or prior to the maturity thereof, in each case in an amount not in excess of the terms of such Indebtedness as in effect on the Issue Date; or

56

(6) any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is Qualified Equity Interests.

The foregoing restrictions in clause (2) of the first paragraph of this covenant shall not apply to ordinary course transactions between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Limitations on Liens

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit or suffer to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever against (other than Permitted Liens) any assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, or any proceeds therefrom, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income or profits therefrom (other than Asset Sales permitted under “— Limitations on Asset Sales”), unless contemporaneously therewith:

(1) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on the same collateral; and

(2) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien securing such subordinated obligation,

in each case, for so long as such obligation is secured by such Lien.

Limitations on Asset Sales

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets included in such Asset Sale; and

(2) at least 75% of the total consideration received in such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents.

For purposes of clause (2), the following shall be deemed to be cash:

(a) the amount (without duplication) of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is released by the holder of such Indebtedness;

(b) the amount of any obligations received from such transferee that are within 90 days converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received);

(c) the Fair Market Value of (i) any assets (other than securities) received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to be used by it in the Permitted Business, (ii) Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Person by the Issuer or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii); and

(d) the Fair Market Value of any Equity Interests for which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has a contractual right to require the registration of such Equity Interests under the Securities Act or the applicable securities laws of the jurisdiction in which such Securities are listed on a Major Foreign Exchange (“Designated Non-Cash Consideration”); provided, however, that no consideration received in an Asset Sale will constitute Designated Non-Cash Consideration if the classification of such consideration as Designated Non-Cash Consideration would cause the aggregate amount of all such Designated Non-Cash Consideration outstanding at that time to exceed 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets.

57

If at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is repaid or converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then the date of such repayment, conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute the date of an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Available Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant.

If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, no later than 360 days following the consummation thereof, apply all or any of the Net Available Proceeds therefrom to:

(1) repay Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt, and in the case of any such repayment under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility;

(2) repay any Indebtedness which was secured by the assets sold in such Asset Sale; and/or

(3) (A) invest all or any part of the Net Available Proceeds thereof in assets (other than securities), including expenditures for research and development activities, to be used by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Permitted Business, (B) acquire Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the consummation of such acquisition or (C) a combination of (A) and (B).

The amount of Net Available Proceeds not applied or invested as provided in this paragraph will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” The Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may repay Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt under a revolving credit facility during the 360 days following the consummation of such Asset Sale without effecting a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility, pending application of such proceeds pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above or their use as Excess Proceeds in accordance with the next paragraph, and such repayment shall not be considered an application of Net Available Proceeds for purposes of this paragraph; provided, however, that, if such Net Available Proceeds are not applied after 360 days for any purpose other than the repayment of a revolving credit facility, a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility shall then be required.

When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $10.0 million, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase from all Holders and, if applicable, redeem (or make an offer to do so) any Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer the provisions of which require the Issuer to redeem such Indebtedness with the proceeds from any Asset Sales (or offer to do so), in an aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness equal to the amount of such Excess Proceeds as follows:

(1) the Issuer will (a) make an offer to purchase (a “Net Proceeds Offer”) to all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture, and (b) redeem (or make an offer to do so) any such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts of the Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness required to be redeemed, the maximum principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be redeemed out of the amount (the “Payment Amount”) of such Excess Proceeds;

(2) the offer price for the Notes will be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date such Net Proceeds Offer is consummated (the “Offered Price”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and the redemption price for such Pari Passu Indebtedness (the “Pari Passu Indebtedness Price”) shall be as set forth in the related documentation governing such Indebtedness;

(3) if the aggregate Offered Price of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of the Payment Amount allocable to the Notes, Notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis; and

(4) upon completion of such Net Proceeds Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to which such Net Proceeds Offer was made shall be deemed to be zero.

58

To the extent that the sum of the aggregate Offered Price of Notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer and the aggregate Pari Passu Indebtedness Price paid to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness is less than the Payment Amount relating thereto (such shortfall constituting a “Net Proceeds Deficiency”), the Issuer may use the Net Proceeds Deficiency, or a portion thereof, for general corporate purposes, subject to the provisions of the Indenture.

The Issuer will comply with applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Limitations on Asset Sales” provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “Limitations on Asset Sales” provisions of the Indenture by virtue of this compliance.

Limitations on Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Indenture (a “Designation”) only if:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation; and

(2) the Issuer would be permitted to make, at the time of such Designation, (a) a Permitted Investment or (b) an Investment pursuant to the first paragraph of “—Limitations on Restricted Payments” above, in either case, in an amount (the “Designation Amount”) equal to the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary on such date less, for this purpose, the amount of any intercompany loan from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Subsidiary that was treated as a Restricted Payment.

No Subsidiary shall be Designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” unless such Subsidiary:

(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

(2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of the agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates;

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve the Person’s financial condition or to cause the Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate, except for any guarantee given solely to support the pledge by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which guarantee is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, and except to the extent the amount thereof constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitations on Restricted Payments.”

If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary fails to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary and any Liens on assets of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of the date and, if the Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred under the covenant described under “—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness” or the Lien is not permitted under the covenant described under “—Limitations on Liens,” the Issuer shall be in default of the applicable covenant. For purposes of clause (1) above, with respect to IVC Industries, Inc., “Non-Recourse Debt” shall be deemed to include Preferred Stock of IVC Industries, Inc. outstanding on the Issue Date.

59

The Issuer may redesignate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (a “Redesignation”) only if:

(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after giving effect to such Redesignation; and

(2) all Liens, Indebtedness and Investments of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding immediately following such Redesignation would, if incurred or made at such time, have been permitted to be incurred or made for all purposes of the Indenture.

All Designations and Redesignations must be evidenced by resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, delivered to the Trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.

Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided, however, that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if:

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have (a) incurred the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness” and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitations on Liens”;

(2) the gross cash proceeds of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the asset that is the subject of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and

(3) the transfer of assets in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in accordance with, the covenant described under “—Limitations on Asset Sales.”

Limitations on the Issuance or Sale of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell or issue any shares of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary except (1) to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the minority stockholders of any Guarantor, on a pro rata basis, at Fair Market Value, or (2) to the extent such shares represent directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary. The sale of all the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary is permitted by this covenant but is subject to the covenant described under “—Limitations on Asset Sales.”

Limitations on Mergers, Consolidations, etc.

The Issuer will not, directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (a) consolidate or merge with or into (other than a merger with a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of changing the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation to another State of the United States), or sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of or assign all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or (b) effect a Plan of Liquidation unless, in either case:

(1) either:

(a) the Issuer will be the surviving or continuing Person; or

(b) the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall be made (or, in the case of a Plan of Liquidation, any Person to

which assets are transferred) (collectively, the “Successor”) is a corporation organized and existing

60

under the laws of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, and the Successor expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations as set forth in clause (1)(b) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(3) except in the case of the consolidation or merger of any Restricted Subsidiary with or into the Issuer, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption of the obligations set forth in clause (1)(b) above and the incurrence of any Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith, and the use of any net proceeds therefrom on a pro forma basis, (a) the Consolidated Net Worth of the Issuer or the Successor, as the case may be, would be at least equal to the Consolidated Net Worth of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction and (b) either (i) the Issuer or the Successor, as the case may be, could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception or (ii) the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of the Issuer or the Successor, as the case may be, would be at least equal to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of the Issuer immediately prior to such transaction.

For purposes of this covenant, any Indebtedness of the Successor which was not Indebtedness of the Issuer immediately prior to the transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred in connection with such transaction.

Except as provided under the caption “—Note Guarantees,” no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person (other than the Issuer or another Guarantor), whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor, unless:

(1) either:

(a) such Guarantor will be the surviving or continuing Person; or

(b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes, by supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer, will be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer.

Except as provided under the caption “—Note Guarantees,” upon any consolidation, combination or merger of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with the foregoing, in which the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its Note Guarantee, the surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or to which the conveyance, lease or transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as the Issuer or such Guarantor and, except in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s other obligations and covenants under the Notes, the Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary.

61

Additional Note Guarantees

If, after the Issue Date, (a) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall acquire or create a Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness or other Obligation under the Credit Agreement (other than a Subsidiary that has been designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees any Indebtedness or other Obligation under the Credit Agreement is redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary, then, in each such case, the Issuer shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) execute and deliver to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and (b) a notation of guarantee in respect of its Note Guarantee; and

(2) deliver to the Trustee one or more opinions of counsel that such supplemental indenture (a) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and (b) constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

Conduct of Business

The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the Permitted Business.

Reports

Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders of Notes, or file electronically with the SEC through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system), within the time periods applicable to the Issuer under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file these Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file these reports.

In addition, whether or not required by the SEC, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept the filing) and make the information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Events of Default

Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

(1) failure by the Issuer to pay interest on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days (whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture);

(2) failure by the Issuer to pay the principal on any of the Notes when it becomes due and payable, whether at stated maturity, upon redemption, upon purchase, upon acceleration or otherwise (whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture);

62

(3) failure by the Issuer to comply with any of its agreements or covenants described above under “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Mergers, Consolidations, etc.,” or in respect of its obligations to make a Change of Control Offer as described above under “—Change of control” (whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture);

(4) failure by the Issuer to comply with any other agreement or covenant in the Indenture and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days after notice of the failure has been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument or agreement under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness now exists or is incurred after the Issue Date, which default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) principal on such Indebtedness within the applicable express grace period,

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express final maturity or

(c) results in the commencement of judicial proceedings to foreclose upon, or to exercise remedies under applicable law or applicable security documents to take ownership of, the assets securing such Indebtedness, and

in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with any other Indebtedness with respect to which an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) has occurred and is continuing, aggregates $10.0 million or more;

(6) one or more final judgments or orders that exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate (net of amounts covered by insurance or bonded) for the payment of money have been entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and such judgment or judgments have not been satisfied, stayed, annulled or rescinded within 60 days of being entered (or such longer period as may be permitted for timely appeal under applicable law);

(7) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case,

(b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its assets, or

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(a) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary as debtor in an involuntary case,

(b) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or a Custodian for all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, or

(c) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary,

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

(9) (a) any Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and the Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid and such Event of Default remains uncured for a period of 30 days, or (b) any Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Note Guarantee).

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) above with respect to the Issuer), shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee, by written notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the

63

Issuer and the Trustee, may declare all amounts owing under the Notes to be due and payable immediately. The aggregate principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes shall become due and payable (a) if there is any Designated Senior Debt outstanding at such time, with respect to any acceleration arising out of any event of default other than a payment default, upon the earlier of (x) the date which is five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Representatives of a notice such acceleration or (y) the date of acceleration of any Designated Senior Debt and (b) if otherwise, immediately; provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal and interest, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) with respect to the Issuer occurs, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without any further action or notice.

The Trustee shall, within 30 days after the occurrence of any Default with respect to the Notes, give the Holders notice of all uncured Defaults thereunder known to it; provided, however, that, except in the case of an Event of Default in payment with respect to the Notes or a Default in complying with “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Mergers, Consolidations, etc.,” the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.

No Holder will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless the Trustee:

(1) has failed to act for a period of 60 days after receiving written notice of a continuing Event of Default by such Holder and a request to act by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding;

(2) has been offered indemnity satisfactory to it in its reasonable judgment; and

(3) has not received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request.

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on such Note on or after the due date therefor (after giving effect to the grace period specified in clause (1) of the first paragraph of this “—Events of Default” section).

The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture and, upon any Officer of the Issuer becoming aware of any Default, a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes (“Legal Defeasance”). Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Note Guarantees, and the Indenture shall cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, except as to:

(1) rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of and interest on the Notes when such payments are due from the trust funds referred to below,

(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust,

(3) the rights, powers, trust, duties, and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligation in connection therewith, and

64

(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors released with respect to most of the covenants under the Indenture, except as described otherwise in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain Events of Default (not including non-payment and, solely for a period of 91 days following the deposit referred to in clause (1) of the next paragraph, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) will no longer apply. Covenant Defeasance will not be effective until such bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events no longer apply. The Issuer may exercise its Legal Defeasance option regardless of whether it previously exercised Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment) in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Issuer, to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment or on the redemption date of the principal or installment of principal of or interest on the Notes, and the Holders must have a valid, perfected, exclusive security interest in such trust,

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service, a ruling, or

(b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon this opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred,

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred,

(4) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing),

(5) the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under (other than a Default resulting solely from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien on such deposit in favor of the Trustee and/or the Holders), any other material agreement or instrument to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound,

(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by it with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other of its creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other of its creditors or others, and

(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the conditions provided for in, in the case of the Officers’ Certificate, clauses (1) through (6) and, in the case of the opinion of counsel, clauses (1) (with respect to the validity and perfection of the security interest), (2) and/or (3) and (5) of this paragraph have been complied with.

65

If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes when due, then the Issuer’s obligations and the obligations of Guarantors under the Indenture will be revived and no such defeasance will be deemed to have occurred.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes which shall survive until all Notes have been canceled) as to all outstanding Notes when either:

(1) all the Notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from this trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or

(2)    (a) all Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation otherwise have become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to the provisions described under “—Optional Redemption,” and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee trust funds in trust in an amount of money sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness (including all principal and accrued interest) on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

(b) the Issuer has paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture,

(c) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the date of redemption, as the case may be, and

(d) the Holders have a valid, perfected, exclusive security interest in this trust.

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied with.

Transfer and Exchange

A Holder will be able to register the transfer of or exchange Notes only in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. Without the prior consent of the Issuer, the Registrar is not required (1) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption, (2) to register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or (3) to register the transfer or exchange of a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

The Notes will be issued in registered form and the registered Holder will be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the consent (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default under, or compliance with any provision of, the Indenture may be waived (other than any continuing Default in the payment of the principal or interest on the Notes) with the consent (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; provided, however, that:

(a) after the occurrence of a Change of Control, no such amendment may, without the consent of the Holders of two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, amend the obligation of the Issuer

66

under the heading “—Change of control” or the related definitions that could adversely affect the rights of any Holder; and

(b) without the consent of each Holder affected, no amendment or waiver may:

(1) change the maturity of any Note;

(2) reduce the amount or extend the due date of any scheduled payment of interest on or principal of the Notes;

(3) reduce any premium payable upon optional redemption of the Notes, change the date on which any Notes are subject to redemption or otherwise alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than provisions relating to the purchase of Notes described above under “—Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants — Limitations on Asset Sales,” except that if a Change of Control has occurred, no amendment or other modification of the obligation of the Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer relating to such Change of Control shall be made without the consent of each Holder of the Notes affected);

(4) make any Note payable in money or currency other than that stated in the Notes;

(5) modify or change any provision of the Indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner that adversely affects the Holders in any material respect;

(6) reduce the percentage of Holders necessary to consent to an amendment or waiver to the Indenture or the Notes;

(7) impair the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes;

(8) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except as permitted by the Indenture; or

(9) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder, to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in the case of a merger or acquisition, to release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture (to the extent permitted by the Indenture), to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder or, in the case of the Indenture, to maintain the qualification of the Indenture under, or otherwise comply with, the Trust Indenture Act.

No amendment of, or supplement or waiver to, the Indenture shall adversely affect the rights of any holder of Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt under the subordination provisions of the Indenture, without the consent of such holder.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes or the Indenture or of any Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. It is the view of the SEC that this type of waiver is against public policy.

Concerning the Trustee

U.S. Bank Trust National Association is the Trustee under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Issuer as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Notes. The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of

67

the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain assets received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the Indenture), it must eliminate such conflict or resign.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that, in case an Event of Default occurs and is not cured, the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in similar circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee.

Governing Law

The Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are or will be, as the case may be, governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all such terms.

“3% Convertible Notes” means those Subordinated Convertible Promissory Notes of the Issuer issued on September 20, 2002, bearing interest at the rate of 3% per annum and due on September 20, 2008.

“10% Subordinated Notes” means those Subordinated Promissory Notes of the Issuer issued on September 20, 2002, bearing interest at the rate of 10% per annum and due on September 20, 2008.

“Acquired Indebtedness” means (1) with respect to any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary that was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (2) with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of a Person (other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Indebtedness expressly assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the acquisition of an asset or assets from another Person, which Indebtedness was not, in any case, incurred by such other Person in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or acquisition.

“Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, the referent Person. For purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on transactions with affiliates,” Affiliates shall be deemed to include, with respect to any Person, any other Person (1) which beneficially owns or holds, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of the Voting Stock of the referent Person, (2) of which 10% or more of the Voting Stock is beneficially owned or held, directly or indirectly, by the referenced Person or (3) with respect to an individual, any immediate family member of such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify; and “amendment” shall have a correlative meaning.

68

“asset” means any asset or property.

“Asset Acquisition” means:

(1) an Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in any other Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or shall be merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; or

(2) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or any division or line of business of any other Person.

“Asset Sale” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment, license or other disposition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by means of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction or a merger or consolidation) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, a “transfer”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business. For purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include:

(1) transfers of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(2) transfers of assets (including Equity Interests) that are governed by, and made in accordance with, the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on mergers, consolidations, etc.”;

(3) Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on restricted payments”;

(4) the creation or realization of any Permitted Lien;

(5) transfers of damaged, worn-out or obsolete equipment or assets that, in the Issuer’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(6) any license of intellectual property not otherwise in the ordinary course of business, other than the license of all or substantially all of the rights associated with any intellectual property owned or controlled by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, if (i) such rights are used or could be used in a line of business then being conducted by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) such license is for all or substantially all of the remaining contractual or useful life of such intellectual property, whichever is shorter, determined as of the date such license is granted; and

(7) any transfer or series of related transfers that, but for this clause, would be Asset Sales, if after giving effect to such transfers, the aggregate Fair Market Value of the assets transferred in such transaction or any such series of related transactions does not exceed $3.0 million.

“Attributable Indebtedness”, when used with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at a rate equivalent to the Issuer’s then-current weighted average cost of funds for borrowed money as at the time of determination, compounded on a semi-annual basis) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in any such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

“Board of Directors” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such Person, (iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person and (iv) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or required by law to close.

69

“Capitalized Lease” means a lease required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a Capitalized Lease, and the amount of such obligation shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) marketable obligations with a maturity of 360 days or less issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof; provided, however, that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;

(2) demand and time deposits and certificates of deposit or acceptances with a maturity of 180 days or less of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500 million and is assigned at least a “B” rating by Thomson Financial BankWatch;

(3) commercial paper maturing no more than 180 days from the date of creation thereof issued by a corporation that is not the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, and is organized under the laws of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia and rated at least A-1 by S&P or at least P-1 by Moody’s;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than ten days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any commercial bank meeting the specifications of clause (2) above; and

(5) investments in money market or other mutual funds substantially all of whose assets comprise securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (4) above.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause that person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuer;

(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Issuer (together with any new directors whose election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Issuer was approved by a vote of the majority of the directors of the Issuer then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer;

(3) (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are sold or otherwise transferred to any Person other than a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the Issuer consolidates or merges with or into another Person or any Person consolidates or merges with or into the Issuer, in either case under this clause (3), in one transaction or a series of related transactions in which immediately after the consummation thereof Persons owning Voting Stock representing in the aggregate all of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer immediately prior to such consummation do not own Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or the surviving or transferee Person; or

(4) the Issuer shall adopt a Plan of Liquidation or dissolution or any such plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Issuer.

70

“Consolidated Amortization Expense” for any period means the amortization expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Cash Flow” for any period means, without duplication, the sum of the amounts for such period of:

(1) Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) in each case only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income and with respect to the portion of Consolidated Net Income attributable to any Restricted Subsidiary only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be distributed to the Issuer by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders,

(a) Consolidated Income Tax Expense,

(b) Consolidated Amortization Expense (but only to the extent not included in Consolidated Interest Expense),

(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense,

(d) Consolidated Interest Expense, and

(e) all other non-cash items reducing the Consolidated Net Income for such period,

in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; minus

(3) the aggregate amount of all non-cash items, determined on a consolidated basis, to the extent such items increased Consolidated Net Income (including the reversal of accruals or reserves for charges that increased Consolidated Net Income at any time during the Four-Quarter Period ending on the Issue Date or thereafter) for such period; minus

(4) cash disbursements in respect of previously accrued or reserved items increasing Consolidated Cash Flow in that or prior periods.

“Consolidated Depreciation Expense” for any period means the depreciation expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Income Tax Expense” for any period means the provision for taxes of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means the ratio of Consolidated Cash Flow during the Four-Quarter Period ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four-Quarter Period. For purposes of this definition, Consolidated Cash Flow and Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to:

(1) the incurrence of any Indebtedness or the issuance of any Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and the application of the proceeds thereof) and any repayment of other Indebtedness or redemption of other Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) (other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to any revolving credit arrangement) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence, repayment, issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; and

(2) any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Acquisition) incurring Acquired Indebtedness

71

and also including any Consolidated Cash Flow (including any pro forma expense and cost reductions calculated on a basis consistent with Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act) associated with any such Asset Acquisition) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence of, or assumption or liability for, any such Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period.

If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness.

For purposes of calculating the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio prior to the expiration of the first Four-Quarter Period subsequent to the Issue Date, such calculation shall be on the same pro forma basis as the pro forma financial statements that are presented in this prospectus.

In calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio:

(1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on this Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date;

(2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four-Quarter Period; and

(3) notwithstanding clause (1) or (2) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of these agreements.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” for any period means the sum, without duplication, of the total interest expense of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and including without duplication:

(1) imputed interest on Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness;

(2) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit securing financial obligations, bankers’ acceptance financing and receivables financings;

(3) the net costs associated with Hedging Obligations;

(4) amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other financing fees and expenses (other than the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs resulting from the initial offering of the Notes);

(5) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations;

(6) all other non-cash interest expense;

(7) capitalized interest;

(8) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any such Disqualified Equity Interests or any Preferred Stock held by the Issuer or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary or to the extent paid in Qualified Equity Interests), multiplied by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, expressed as a decimal;

(9) all interest payable with respect to discontinued operations; and

72

(10) all interest on any Indebtedness of any other Person guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated after giving effect to Hedging Obligations (including associated costs) described in clause (1) of the definition of “Hedging Obligations,” but excluding unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations.

“Consolidated Net Income” for any period means the net income (or loss) of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from such net income (to the extent otherwise included therein), without duplication:

(1) the net income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which any Person other than the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that cash in an amount equal to any such income has actually been received by the Issuer or any of its Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

(2) except to the extent includible in the consolidated net income of the Issuer pursuant to the foregoing clause (1), the net income (or loss) of any Person that accrued prior to the date that (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the assets of such Person are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary during such period, except that the Issuer’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income;

(4) for the purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments Basket only, in the case of a successor to the Issuer by consolidation, merger or transfer of its assets, any income (or loss) of the successor prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets;

(5) other than for purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments Basket, any gain (or loss), together with any related provisions for taxes on any such gain (or the tax effect of any such loss), realized during such period by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon (a) the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any Asset Sale by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(6) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP;

(7) unrealized gains and losses with respect to Hedging Obligations; and

(8) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or extraordinary or nonrecurring loss), together with any related provision for taxes on any such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or the tax effect of any such extraordinary or nonrecurring loss), realized by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period.

In addition, any return of capital with respect to an Investment that increased the Restricted Payments Basket pursuant to clause (3)(e) of the first paragraph under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on restricted payments” or decreased the amount of Investments outstanding pursuant to clause (13) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for purposes of calculating the Restricted Payments Basket.

For purposes of this definition of “Consolidated Net Income,” “nonrecurring” means any gain or loss as of any date that is not reasonably likely (as determined as of such date) to recur within the two years following such date; provided, however, that if there was a gain or loss similar to such gain or loss within the two years preceding such date, such gain or loss shall not be deemed nonrecurring.

73

“Consolidated Net Worth” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the consolidated stockholders’ equity of such Person, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, less (without duplication) (1) any amounts thereof attributable to Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person or its Subsidiaries or any amount attributable to Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business made within twelve months after the acquisition of such business) subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person.

“Consolidated Total Assets” means the consolidated total assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of the most recent date for which financial statements of the Issuer are available.

“Coverage Ratio Exception” has the meaning set forth in the proviso in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Additional Indebtedness.”

“Credit Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 30, 2003 by and among the Issuer, Wampole Laboratories, LLC, Inverness Medical (UK) Holdings Limited, the other Subsidiaries signatory thereto, the lenders signatory thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc. as documentation agent and co-syndication agent, UBS Securities LLC, as co-syndication agent, and GECC Capital Markets Group, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Capital, as co-lead arrangers, including any notes, guarantees, collateral any security documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith (including Hedging Obligations related to the Indebtedness incurred thereunder), and in each case as amended or refinanced from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of borrowings or other Indebtedness outstanding or available to be borrowed thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement, and any successor or replacement agreement or agreements with the same or any other agents, creditor, lender or group of creditors or lenders.

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

“Default” means (1) any Event of Default or (2) any event, act or condition that, after notice or the passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default.

“Designated Senior Debt” means (1) Senior Debt Indebtedness under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and (2) any other Indebtedness constituting Senior Debt which, in the case of clause (2), at the time of determination, (x) has an aggregate principal amount of at least $25.0 million and (y) is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt.”

“Designation” has the meaning given to this term in the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on designation of unrestricted subsidiaries.”

“Designation Amount” has the meaning given to this term in the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on designation of unrestricted subsidiaries.”

“Disqualified Equity Interests” of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, whether or not at the option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations with respect to the payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or otherwise by the

74

delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests, and that is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Equity Interests or Indebtedness, will not be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests so long as such Person satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests; provided further, however, that any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests is convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the Issuer to redeem such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset disposition occurring prior to the final maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the change in control or asset disposition provisions applicable to such Equity Interests are no more favorable to such holders than the provisions described under “—Change of control” and “—Certain covenants—Limitations on asset sales,” respectively, and such Equity Interests specifically provide that the Issuer will not redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the Issuer’s purchase of the Notes as required pursuant to the provisions described under “—Change of control” and “—Certain covenants—Limitations on asset sales,” respectively.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that Morpheus Acquisition LLC shall not be a Domestic Subsidiary for so long as it is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary.

“Equity Interests” of any Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such assets) that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction, as such price is determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or a duly authorized committee thereof, as evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors or committee.

“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer which (i) is not organized under the laws of (x) the United States or any state thereof or (y) the District of Columbia and (ii) conducts substantially all of its business operations outside the United States of America.

“Four-Quarter Period” means the most recent four consecutive full fiscal quarters of the Issuer for which financial statements are available.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, as in effect on the Issue Date.

“guarantee” means a direct or indirect guarantee by any Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person and includes any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services (unless such purchase arrangements are on arm’s-length terms and are entered into in the ordinary

75

course of business), to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part). “guarantee,” when used as a verb, and “guaranteed” have correlative meanings.

“Guarantor Senior Debt” means, with respect to any Guarantor, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of such Guarantor, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Notes.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of:

(1) all obligations of every nature of such Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(2) all Hedging Obligations in respect of the Credit Agreement;

in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Guarantor Senior Debt” shall not include:

(1) any Indebtedness of such Guarantor to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

(2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any director, officer or employee of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation);

(3) obligations to trade creditors and other amounts incurred (but not under the Credit Agreement) in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services;

(4) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Equity Interests;

(5) any liability for taxes owed or owing by such Guarantor;

(6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of the Indenture (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative shall have received an Officers’ Certificate (and/or representation or warranty) of such Guarantor to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate the provisions of the Indenture);

(7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to such Guarantor; and

(8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor.

“Guarantors” means each Domestic Subsidiary on the Issue Date that guarantees any Indebtedness or other Obligation under the Credit Agreement, and each other Person that is required to, or at the election of the Issuer does, become a Guarantor by the terms of the Indenture after the Issue Date, in each case, until such Person is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

76

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to (1) any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to alter the risks to that Person arising from fluctuations in interest rates, (2) agreements or arrangements designed to alter the risks to that Person arising from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates in the conduct of its operations, or (3) any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in commodity prices, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business for bona fide hedging purposes and not for the purpose of speculation.

“Holder” means any registered holder, from time to time, of the Notes.

“incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or Obligation, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or, indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to such Indebtedness or Obligation; provided, however, that (1) the Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness.

“Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication:

(1) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof);

(2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions;

(4) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services, except trade payables and accrued expenses incurred by such Person in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services;

(5) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of all Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person;

(6) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(7) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;

(8) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such guarantee; provided, however, that Indebtedness of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed by the Issuer or the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall only be counted once in the calculation of the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;

(9) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(10) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person; and

(11) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to assets purchased by such Person.

The amount of any Indebtedness which is incurred at a discount to the principal amount at maturity thereof as of any date shall be deemed to have been incurred at the accreted value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above, the maximum liability of such Person for any such contingent obligations at such date and, in the case of clause (7), the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of any asset subject to a Lien securing the Indebtedness of others on the date that the Lien attaches and (b) the amount of the Indebtedness secured. For purposes of clause (5), the “maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price” of any Disqualified Equity Interests

77

that do not have a fixed redemption or repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Equity Interests as if such Disqualified Equity Interests were redeemed or repurchased on any date on which an amount of Indebtedness outstanding shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture.

“Independent Director” means a director of the Issuer who:

(1) is independent with respect to the transaction at issue;

(2) does not have any material financial interest in the Issuer or any of its Affiliates (other than as a result of holding securities of the Issuer); and

(3) has not and whose Affiliates or affiliated firm has not, at any time during the twelve months prior to the taking of any action hereunder, directly or indirectly, received, or entered into any understanding or agreement to receive, any compensation, payment or other benefit, of any type or form, from the Issuer or any of its Affiliates, other than customary directors’ fees for serving on the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any Affiliate and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses for attendance at the Issuer’s or Affiliate’s board and board committee meetings.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of recognized standing that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged and disinterested and independent with respect to the Issuer and its Affiliates.

“interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes.

“Investments” of any Person means:

(1) all direct or indirect investments by such Person in any other Person in the form of loans, advances or capital contributions or other credit extensions constituting Indebtedness of such other Person, and any guarantee of Indebtedness of any other Person;

(2) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration) by such Person of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities of any other Person (other than any such purchase that constitutes a Restricted Payment of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof);

(3) all other items that would be classified as investments (including purchases of assets outside the ordinary course of business) on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

(4) the Designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Except as otherwise expressly specified in this definition, the amount of any Investment (other than an Investment made in cash) shall be the Fair Market Value thereof on the date such Investment is made. The amount of Investment pursuant to clause (4) shall be the Designation Amount determined in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on designation of unrestricted subsidiaries.” If the Issuer or any Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or other disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of and all other Investments in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of, which amount shall be determined by the Board of Directors. The acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in the third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in the third Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither (a) purchases or redemptions of Equity Interests of the Issuer nor (b) acquisitions of assets by such Person shall be deemed to be Investments.

“Issue Date” means February 10, 2004.

78

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or other), pledge, lease, easement, restriction, charge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind or nature in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease in the nature thereof, and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction (other than cautionary filings in respect of operating leases).

“Major Foreign Exchange” means an exchange which is the primary non-U.S. trading location for one or more stocks included in the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

“Net Available Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, net of:

(1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of legal counsel, accountants and investment banks) of such Asset Sale;

(2) provisions for taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements);

(3) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Asset Sale or having a Lien thereon;

(4) payments of unassumed liabilities (not constituting Indebtedness) relating to the assets sold at the time of, or within 90 days after the date of, such Asset Sale; and

(5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment in the sale price of such asset or assets or liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including pensions and other postemployment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that any amounts remaining after adjustments, revaluations or liquidations of such reserves shall constitute Net Available Proceeds.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

(1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; provided, however, that an intercompany loan from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed Non-Recourse Debt if such loan at the time such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or if made later, at the time such intercompany loan is made, was permitted under and made in compliance with “—Limitations on Restricted Payments;” and

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on the other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.

“Obligation” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursements, costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“Officer” means any of the following of the Issuer: the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary.

79

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable.

“Permitted Business” means the businesses engaged in by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date as described in this prospectus, businesses that are otherwise within the healthcare, life sciences or diagnostic industries and businesses that are reasonably related thereto.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(1) Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in (a) any Restricted Subsidiary or, (b) including the purchase price paid for and reasonable transaction costs related thereto, in any Person that is or will become immediately after or substantially concurrent with such Investment a Restricted Subsidiary or that will merge or consolidate into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) Investments in the Issuer by any Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) loans and advances to directors, employees and officers of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries for bona fide business purposes and to purchase Equity Interests of the Issuer not in excess of $2.0 million at any one time outstanding, in addition to any such loans outstanding on the Issue Date;

(4) Hedging Obligations incurred pursuant to clause (4) of the second paragraph under the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on additional indebtedness”;

(5) cash and Cash Equivalents;

(6) receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

(7) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers;

(8) Investments made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on asset sales”;

(9) lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Investments made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary for consideration consisting only of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer;

(11) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;

(12) Investments existing on the Issue Date; and

(13) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any one time outstanding (with each Investment being valued as of the date made and without regard to subsequent changes in value).

The amount of Investments outstanding at any time pursuant to clause (13) above shall be deemed to be reduced:

(a) upon the disposition or repayment of or return on any Investment made pursuant to clause (13) above, by an amount equal to the return of capital with respect to such Investment to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent not included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income), less the cost of the disposition of such Investment and net of taxes; and

(b) upon a Redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of the Issuer’s proportionate interest in such Subsidiary

80

immediately following such Redesignation, and (y) the aggregate amount of Investments in such Subsidiary that increased (and did not previously decrease) the amount of Investments outstanding pursuant to clause (13) above.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means:

(1) Equity Interests in the Issuer or any Guarantor; or

(2) debt securities that are subordinated to (a) all Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt and (b) any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt, in each case, to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt and Guarantor Senior Debt under the Indenture.

“Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

(1) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims either (a) not delinquent or payable without penalty or (b) contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have set aside on its books such reserves as may be required pursuant to GAAP;

(2) statutory, contractual or common law Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

(3) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(4) Liens upon specific items of inventory, equipment or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(5) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which the proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

(6) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions and other similar charges, restrictions or encumbrances in respect of real property or immaterial imperfections of title which are customary or do not, in the aggregate, impair in any material respect the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(7) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents, goods covered thereby, and other assets relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

(8) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including rights of offset and setoff;

(9) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in one or more of accounts maintained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness;

81

(10) leases or subleases (or any Liens on the property related thereto) granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

(12) Liens securing all of the Notes and Exchange Notes and Liens securing any Note Guarantee;

(13) Liens securing Senior Debt or Guarantor Senior Debt;

(14) Liens existing on the Issue Date securing Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date;

(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(16) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness;

(17) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided, however, that the Liens do not extend to assets not subject to such Lien at the time of acquisition (other than improvements thereon) and are no more favorable to the lienholders than those securing such Acquired Indebtedness prior to the incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(18) Liens on assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary (and not created in anticipation or contemplation thereof);

(19) Liens to secure Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (14), (17) and (18); provided, however, that in each case such Liens do not extend to any additional assets (other than improvements thereon and replacements thereof) and such Refinancing Indebtedness so secured shall not be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness;

(20) Liens to secure Attributable Indebtedness and/or that are incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on sale and leaseback transactions”; provided, however, that any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets which are the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the Attributable Indebtedness is incurred;

(21) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; and

(22) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Guarantor with respect to obligations (other than Indebtedness) that do not in the aggregate exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

“Plan of Liquidation” with respect to any Person, means a plan that provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded or accompanied by (whether or not substantially contemporaneously, in phases or otherwise): (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Person otherwise than as an entirety or substantially as an entirety; and (2) the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the remaining assets of such Person to holders of Equity Interests of such Person.

“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all preferred or preference stock or other equity interests (however designated) of such Person whether now outstanding or issued after the Issue Date.

“principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of, and premium, if any, on the Notes.

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness, including Capitalized Lease Obligations, of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of property,

82

plant or equipment used in the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the cost of installation, construction or improvement thereof; provided, however, that (1) the amount of such Indebtedness shall not exceed such purchase price or cost, (2) such Indebtedness shall not be secured by any asset other than the specified asset being financed or, in the case of real property or fixtures, including additions and improvements, the real property to which such asset is attached and (3) such Indebtedness shall be incurred within 90 days after such acquisition of such asset by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or such installation, construction or improvement.

“Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of the Issuer other than Disqualified Equity Interests; provided, however, that such Equity Interests shall not be deemed Qualified Equity Interests to the extent sold or owed to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or financed, directly or indirectly, using funds (1) borrowed from the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer until and to the extent such borrowing is repaid or (2) contributed, extended, guaranteed or advanced by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including, without limitation, in respect of any employee stock ownership or benefit plan).

“Qualified Equity Offering” means the issuance and sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the Issuer to Persons other than any other Person who is not, prior to such issuance and sale, an Affiliate of the Issuer.

“redeem” means to redeem, repurchase, purchase, defease, retire, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire for value; and “redemption” shall have a correlative meaning; provided that this definition shall not apply for purposes of “—Optional redemption.”

“Redesignation” has the meaning given to such term in the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on designation of unrestricted subsidiaries.”

“refinance” means to refinance, repay, prepay, replace, renew or refund.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and sale or disbursement of which are used substantially concurrently to redeem or refinance in whole or in part, or constituting an amendment of, any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (the “Refinanced Indebtedness”); provided, however, that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) of the Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, as the case may be) of the Refinanced Indebtedness plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Refinanced Indebtedness, any premium paid to the holders of the Refinanced Indebtedness and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of the Refinancing Indebtedness;

(2) the Refinancing Indebtedness is the obligation of the same Person as that of the Refinanced Indebtedness;

(3) if the Refinanced Indebtedness was subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, then such Refinancing Indebtedness, by its terms, is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as the Refinanced Indebtedness, and if the Refinanced Indebtedness was pari passu with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, then the Refinancing Indebtedness ranks pari passu with, or is subordinated to, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be;

(4) the Refinancing Indebtedness is scheduled to mature either (a) no earlier than the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid or amended or (b) after the maturity date of the Notes;

(5) the portion, if any, of the Refinancing Indebtedness that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the portion of the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the maturity date of the Notes; and

83

(6) the Refinancing Indebtedness is secured only to the extent, if at all, and by the assets, that the Refinanced Indebtedness being repaid or amended is secured.

“Representative” means any agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided, however, that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Debt.

“Restricted Payment” means any of the following:

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution on Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer but excluding (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests and (b) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries, dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or to a Restricted Subsidiary and pro rata dividends or distributions payable to minority stockholders of any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) the redemption of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any payment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer but excluding any such Equity Interests held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any redemptions to the extent payable in Equity Interests of the Issuer or of an acquiror of the Issuer, in either case other than Disqualified Equity Interests;

(3) any Investment other than a Permitted Investment; or

(4) any redemption prior to the scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment of principal or sinking fund payment, as the case may be, in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness.

“Restricted Payments Basket” has the meaning given to such term in the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on restricted payments.”

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“Sale and Leaseback Transactions” means with respect to any Person an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person of any asset of such Person which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such asset.

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secretary’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Secretary of the Issuer.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Indebtedness of the Issuer, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Notes.

84

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of:

(1) all obligations of every nature under, or with respect to, the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, obligations to pay principal and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities (and guarantees thereof); and

(2) all Hedging Obligations in respect of the Credit Agreement;

in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include:

(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer to any of its Subsidiaries;

(2) Indebtedness to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any director, officer or employee of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation);

(3) obligations to trade creditors and other amounts incurred (but not under the Credit Agreement) in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services;

(4) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Equity Interests;

(5) any liability for taxes owed or owing by the Issuer;

(6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of the Indenture (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative shall have received an Officers’ Certificate (and/or representation or warranty) of the Issuer to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate the provisions of the Indenture);

(7) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the Issuer; and

(8) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer.

“Significant Subsidiary” means (1) any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date and (2) any Restricted Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries and as to which any event described in clause (7) or (8) under “—Events of default” has occurred and is continuing, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1) of this definition.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, respectively.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of the Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Board of Directors thereof are at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

85

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

Unless otherwise specified, “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means, (1) on the Issue Date, each of IVC Industries, Inc. and Orgenics, Ltd. and each of their respective Subsidiaries, (2) any other Subsidiary that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitations on designation of unrestricted subsidiaries” and (3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.

“Voting Stock” with respect to any Person, means securities of any class of Equity Interests of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant equity interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors of such Person.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, means the number of years obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of which 100% of the Equity Interests (except for directors’ qualifying shares or certain minority interests owned by other Persons solely due to local law requirements that there be more than one stockholder, but which interest is not in excess of what is required for such purpose) are owned directly by the Issuer or through one or more Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form of Securities

The Notes will be represented by one or more global notes (the “Global Notes”) in definitive form. The Global Notes will be deposited on the Issue Date with, or on behalf of, DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC (such nominee being referred to herein as the “Global Note Holder”). The Global Notes will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer and will bear the legend regarding these restrictions set forth under the heading “Notice to investors.” DTC will maintain the Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof through its book-entry facilities.

DTC has advised the Issuer as follows:

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold securities for its participating organizations, including Euroclear and Clearstream (collectively, the “Participants” or the “Depositary’s Participants”), and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in these securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Depositary’s Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust

86

companies (collectively, the “Indirect Participants” or the “Depositary’s Indirect Participants”) that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Depositary’s Participants or the Depositary’s Indirect Participants. Pursuant to procedures established by DTC, ownership of the Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the interests of the Depositary’s Participants) and the records of the Depositary’s Participants (with respect to the interests of the Depositary’s Indirect Participants).

The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer the Notes will be limited to such extent.

So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any Notes, the Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder of outstanding Notes represented by such Global Notes under the Indenture. Except as provided below, owners of Notes will not be entitled to have Notes registered in their names and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any directions, instructions, or approvals to the Trustee thereunder. None of the Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of Notes by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to such Notes.

Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Notes registered in the name of a Global Note Holder on the applicable record date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of such Global Note Holder in its capacity as the registered holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee may treat the persons in whose names any Notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, neither the Issuer or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest). The Issuer believes, however, that it is currently the policy of DTC to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with such payments, in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Depositary’s Participants and the Depositary’s Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice and will be the responsibility of the Depositary’s Participants or the Depositary’s Indirect Participants.

Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in the Global Notes may, upon request to the Trustee and confirmation of such beneficial interest by the Depositary or its Participants or Indirect Participants, exchange such beneficial interest for Notes in definitive form. Upon any such issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Notes in the name of and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons (or the nominee of any thereof). Such Notes would be issued in fully registered form and would be subject to the legal requirements described in this prospectus under the caption “Notice to Investors.” In addition, if (1) the Depositary notifies the Issuer in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary and the Issuer is unable to locate a qualified successor within 90 days or (2) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Notes in definitive form under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the relevant Global Note Holder of its Global Note, Notes in such form will be issued to each person that such Global Note Holder and DTC identifies as being the beneficial owner of the related Notes.

Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the Global Note Holder or DTC in identifying the beneficial owners of Notes and the Issuer and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or DTC for all purposes.

87

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Credit Facility

General

We have a senior credit facility with General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent, Merrill Lynch Capital, a division of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., as documentation agent and co-syndication agent, UBS Securities LLC, as co-syndication agent, and GECC Capital Markets Group, Inc. and Merrill Lynch Capital, as co-lead arrangers. As of March 31, 2004, we had no outstanding indebtedness under our senior credit facility, however, we have availability of up to $50.0 million thereunder.

Our senior credit facility consists of the following:

• a U.S. revolving credit facility providing for loans of up to $25.0 million, including a swing line of up to $5.0 million; and

• a European revolving credit facility for loans up to $25.0 million, including a swing line of up to $5.0 million.

The revolving credit facilities and the swing line facilities terminate on March 31, 2008, at which time all outstanding amounts under our revolving credit facilities must be repaid.

Interest Rates and Fees

Borrowings under the revolving credit facilities, other than the swing line facilities, bear interest at a rate per annum equal, at our election, to either: (1) the index rate plus an applicable margin or (2) LIBOR plus an applicable margin. Borrowings under the U.S. and European swing line facilities bear interest at the index rate plus an applicable margin, which is initially 2.75%. The applicable margin for the revolving credit facilities is initially 2.75% for index rate borrowings and 4.00% for LIBOR borrowings. Applicable margins for the revolving credit facilities are subject to quarterly adjustments based on our total leverage ratio, as defined in the senior credit facility, and can range from 2.00% to 2.75% for index rate loans and from 3.25% to 4.00% for LIBOR loans. The credit agreement defines the index rate as a floating rate equal to the higher of: (1) the rate quoted by the Wall Street Journal as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the nation’s 30 largest banks or (2) the federal funds rate plus 50 basis points per annum.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the revolving credit facility, we are required to pay a monthly fee for the unutilized commitments at a rate ranging from 0.375% to 0.5% per annum.

Prepayments

All or any portion of the outstanding loans under the U.S. and European revolving credit facilities and the U.S. and European swing lines, may be prepaid at any time and commitments may be terminated or permanently reduced in whole or in part, subject to minimum prepayment requirements, at our option without premium or penalty, other than customary LIBOR breakage costs. We must make mandatory prepayments on the loans under the senior credit facility if we meet certain cash flow thresholds, collect insurance proceeds related to the collateral securing the senior credit facility, sell assets not in the ordinary course of business, issue equity securities or issue subordinated debt, including the notes in this offering.

Ranking

Our senior credit facility is senior to the notes, our 10% subordinated notes, 3% convertible notes and other indebtedness.

88

Covenants

The senior credit facility contains a number of negative covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability and that of our subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under the senior credit facility to incur additional indebtedness, merge with or acquire other businesses, sell assets or make investments, make loans to or extend credit for the benefit of third parties or our subsidiaries, raise additional capital, make capital or finance lease expenditures, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, pay dividends on or redeem capital stock, encumber assets or amend the terms of or prepay our subordinated debt, including the notes under this offering. The senior credit facility also contains financial covenants that pertain to, among other things, fixed charge coverage ratio, capital expenditures, various leverage ratios, EBITDA and a minimum cash requirement.

Events of Default

The senior credit facility contains events of default including, among others:

• failure to make payments when due;

• failure to perform our other obligations under the senior credit facility documents;

• an event of default under any agreement governing indebtedness of ours in excess of $350,000;

• material inaccuracies of representations and warranties;

• the occurrence of a judgment against us in excess of $500,000 or the attachment of $500,000 or more of our assets;

• events of insolvency, bankruptcy or similar events;

• certain occurrences with respect to employee benefit plans;

• non-enforceability of any material provision in the senior credit facility documents or loss of a first priority security interest in any collateral;

• the occurrence of a change in control;

• an event of default under our subordinated notes;

• stoppage of revenue producing activity at any facility generating more than 10% of our revenues; and

• any default or breach by us of specified contracts that could result in a material adverse affect on us or any termination of such contracts.

If such a default occurs, the lenders under the senior credit facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the senior credit facility, all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor, an increase of 2% in the applicable rates of interest and the limitation of our future borrowings.

Security and Guarantees

The primary borrower under our European revolving credit facility is Inverness Medical (UK) Holdings Limited, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, and this loan is guaranteed by us and all of our subsidiaries except for Inverness Medical (UK) Holdings Limited, IVC Industries, Inc., Hall Laboratories Ltd., Orgenics, Ltd. and its subsidiaries, Unipath BV, Unipath Scandinavia AB, Unipath Management Ltd., Inverness Medical Benelux Bvba, Viva Diagnostika-Diagnostische Produkte-GmbH, DMD, Dienstleistungen & Vertrieb fur Medizin und Diagnostik GmbH and Inverness Medical Canada, Inc. The primary borrower under our U.S. revolving credit facility is Wampole Laboratories, LLC, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries and this loan is guaranteed by us and all of our domestic subsidiaries except for Wampole Laboratories, LLC and IVC Industries, Inc. For each loan under our senior credit facility, our lenders have a security interest in substantially all of our assets and the assets of the primary borrower and each guarantor of that loan.

89

10% Subordinated Notes

We have outstanding 10% subordinated notes with an aggregate principal amount of $20.0 million, which we issued on September 20, 2002. The 10% subordinated notes are scheduled to mature on September 20, 2008, subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. The 10% subordinated notes accrue interest on the outstanding principal amount at 10% per annum, compounded daily, payable quarterly in arrears on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. The 10% subordinated notes are unsecured obligations and rank pari passu with one another and our 3% convertible notes and are junior to our senior credit facility.

We may prepay the 10% subordinated notes at any time, subject to a prepayment penalty equal to one of the following: (1) if the prepayment is on or before September 20, 2004, the sum of the present value of the remaining interest payments at an interest rate equal to 9% minus the percentage yield of a U.S. treasury bond or bill with a similar maturity date; or (2) if the prepayment is after September 20, 2004, the sum of the present value of the remaining interest payments at an interest rate equal to 6% minus the percentage yield of a U.S. treasury bond or bill with a similar maturity date.

The 10% subordinated notes, as amended in connection with the private offering of the old notes, are expressly subordinated to up to $150.0 million of senior indebtedness for borrowed money incurred or guaranteed by us plus any other indebtedness that we may incur to finance an acquisition and any indebtedness incurred to redeem, repay or refinance such indebtedness. Any other additional money borrowed will be subordinated to the 10% subordinated notes. The 10% subordinated notes will be subordinated to the notes.

The following events would constitute an event of default under the 10% subordinated notes:

• failure to make payments when due;

• events of insolvency, bankruptcy or other similar events;

• breach of any material covenant under our 10% subordinated notes;

• an event of default under any 10% subordinated note; and

• an event of default, unless waived or cured, under our senior credit facility.

3% Convertible Notes

We have outstanding 3% convertible notes under with an aggregate principal amount of $6.0 million, which were issued on September 20, 2002. The 3% convertible notes will mature on September 20, 2008, subject to acceleration in certain circumstances. The 3% convertible promissory notes accrue interest on the outstanding principal amount at 3% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. The 3% convertible notes are unsecured obligations and rank pari passu with one another and our 10% subordinated notes and are junior to our senior credit facility.

Principal payments may be paid in cash or, at our option, in shares of our common stock valued at 95% of the average closing price of such stock over the ten consecutive trading days immediately preceding the payment date. At any time prior to the maturity date, the holders of the 3% convertible notes have the option to convert all of their outstanding principal amounts and unpaid interest into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to $17.45 per share. Additionally, if, at any time after September 20, 2004, the average closing price of our common stock in any consecutive thirty-day period is greater than $22.67, then the outstanding principal amount and unpaid interest on the 3% convertible notes will automatically convert into common stock at a conversion price equal to $17.45.

The 3% convertible notes, as amended in connection with the private offering of the old notes, are expressly subordinated to up to $150.0 million of senior indebtedness for borrowed money incurred or guaranteed by us from any lender plus any other indebtedness that we may incur to finance an acquisition and any indebtedness

90

incurred to redeem, repay or refinance such indebtedness. Any other additional money borrowed will be subordinated to the 3% convertible notes. The 3% convertible notes will be subordinated to the notes.

The following events would constitute an event of default under the 3% convertible notes:

• failure to make payments when due;

• events of insolvency, bankruptcy or similar events;

• breach of a material covenant under the 3% convertible notes;

• an event of default under any 3% convertible note; and

• an event of default, unless waived or cured, under our senior credit facility.

91

EXCHANGE OFFER AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS

As a condition to the initial sale of the old notes, we and certain our domestic subsidiaries, entered into the registration rights agreement with UBS Warburg LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. In that agreement, we agreed, at our cost, to file with the SEC and use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective the exchange registration statement with respect to the registered offer to exchange the old notes for the new notes.

The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is the exchange registration statement referred to above, and the exchange offer described in this prospectus is the exchange offer referred to above. The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the terms of the old notes, except that the new notes have been registered and transfer restrictions, registration rights and provisions for additional interest in the event the exchange registration statement is not declared effective, the exchange offer is not consummated or a shelf registration statement covering resales of the old notes is not declared effective within certain time periods relating to the initial sale of the old notes will not apply to the new notes.

The registration rights agreement provides that we will:

• no later than the date that is 150 days after February 10, 2004, which date is July 9, 2004, file an exchange registration statement with the SEC to exchange the old notes for the new notes; and

• use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the exchange registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 240 days after February 10, 2004, or on or before October 7, 2004, and consummate the exchange offer within 270 days after February 10, 2004, or on or before November 8, 2004.

Upon the effectiveness of the exchange registration statement, we must offer the new notes in exchange for surrender of the old notes. We must keep the exchange offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the old notes. For each old note surrendered to us pursuant to the exchange offer, the holder of such old note will receive a new note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered old note. Under existing SEC interpretations, the new notes and the related guarantees will be freely transferable by holders other than affiliates of ours or any guarantor of the new notes after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act.

Each holder that wishes to exchange its old notes for new notes is required to represent that, among other things:

• any new notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business,

• it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act,

• it is not an “affiliate” of ours or any guarantor, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,

• if such holder is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of new notes, and

• if such holder is a broker-dealer, referred to in this prospectus as a “participating broker-dealer”, that will receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.

Under similar SEC interpretations, participating broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to new notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the old notes) with the prospectus contained in this exchange registration statement. In light of the foregoing, under the registration

92

rights agreement, if requested by a participating broker-dealer, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep this exchange registration statement continuously effective for a period of at least 180 days after the date on which this exchange registration statement is declared effective (or longer if extended under the terms of the registration rights agreement).

In the event that:

• any changes in law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer,

• for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated on or before November 8, 2004,

• any holder of old notes, other than the initial purchasers, is prohibited by law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC from participating in the exchange offer and such holder so requests with respect to the notes,

• in the case of any holder who participates in the exchange offer, such holder does not receive new notes that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such holder as an affiliate of ours or any guarantor) and such holder so requests with respect to the notes, or

• the initial purchasers so request with respect to old notes that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of unsold allotments in an initial distribution,

then we will, (a) as promptly as practicable, file a registration statement (the “shelf registration statement”) covering resales of the old notes or the new notes as the case may be, from time to time, prior to the later of (1) July 9, 2004 and (2) 60 days after the occurrence of such event, (b) use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the later of (1) November 8, 2004 and (2) 90 days after the filing of the shelf registration statement, (c) use our commercially reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective until February 10, 2006 (subject to extension as provided in the registration rights agreement) or such shorter period ending when all notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the shelf registration statement and (d) supplement or make amendments to the shelf registration statement as and when required by the registration rights agreement. We will, in the event a shelf registration statement is filed, among other things, provide to each holder for which such shelf registration statement was filed copies of the prospectus which is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the notes, as the case may be. A holder selling notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally would be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement which are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification obligations). In addition, each holder of the notes to be registered under the shelf registration statement will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the shelf registration statement within the time period set forth in the registration rights agreement in order to have such holder’s notes included in the shelf registration statement and to benefit from the provisions regarding additional interest set forth above.

If:

• on or prior to July 9, 2004, the exchange registration statement is not filed with the SEC,

• on or prior to October 7, 2004, the exchange registration statement is not declared effective,

• the exchange offer is not consummated on or prior to November 8, 2004 and the shelf registration statement is not declared effective within the time period required by the registration rights agreement, or

93

• the shelf Registration statement is required to be filed but is not declared effective within the time period required by the registration rights agreement or is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions),

(each such event referred to in the clauses above, a “Registration Default”), additional cash interest (“Additional Interest”) will accrue on the affected old notes and the affected new notes, as applicable. The rate of Additional Interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of additional interest of 1.0% per annum, from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the earlier of (1) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured or (2) the date on which all the old notes and new notes otherwise become freely transferable by holders other than affiliates of ours or any of the guarantors without further registration under the Securities Act.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the amount of Additional Interest payable shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending and (2) a holder of old notes or new notes who is not entitled to the benefits of the shelf registration statement (i.e., such holder has not elected to include information) shall not be entitled to Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to the shelf registration statement. Such interest is payable in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the old notes and the new notes in cash on each interest payment date to the holders of record for such interest payment date.

Under certain circumstances we may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the exchange registration statement or the shelf registration statement and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the exchange registration statement or the shelf registration statement for a period of up to 90 days during any 12-month period. Any delay period will not alter the obligations of ours to pay Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default.

This summary of certain provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement, a copy of which is available upon request to us at our address set forth elsewhere in this prospectus.

94

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following discussion summarizes specified material United States federal income tax consequences of the exchange of unregistered old notes for registered new notes pursuant to the exchange offer and to the ownership and disposition of the new notes by U.S. and non-U.S. holders, each as defined below, who acquire the new notes in the exchange offer. The following discussion does not purport to be a full description of all United States federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to the exchange offer or to the holding or disposition of the new notes. The discussion of the United States federal income tax considerations below is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, judicial decisions and administrative interpretations, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. No ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, has been or will be sought with respect to any of the described consequences.

This summary does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income tax consequences to holders of the notes in light of their particular circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax consequences that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” “foreign personal holding companies” or banks whose receipt of interest on the notes is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, and persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar or persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold notes as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment). In addition, this summary does not address U.S. federal alternative minimum tax consequences or consequences under the tax laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. The discussion below assumes that the notes are held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

If a partnership holds the notes, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding the notes, you should consult your tax advisors.

Exchange of Old Notes for New Notes

The exchange of unregistered old notes for registered new notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a sale or exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, the exchange offer will not have any U.S. federal income tax consequences to you and you will not recognize gain or loss if you exchange your unregistered old notes for registered new notes.

The new notes will be treated for federal income tax purposes as a continuation of the old notes. Accordingly, a beneficial owner of an old note will have the same adjusted tax basis and holding period in the new note as the owner had in the old note exchanged therefor. In addition, the United States federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of your registered new notes will be the same as those applicable to your unregistered old notes.

The preceding discussion of material United States federal income tax consequences of the exchange offer is general and does not include all consequences to every holder under federal, state, local or foreign tax laws. Accordingly, each holder should consult his, her or its own tax advisor as to particular tax consequences to it of exchanging unregistered old notes for registered new notes, including the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws and of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

95

Taxation of Holders Who Are U.S. Persons

The discussion in this section applies only to holders of the new notes who are “United States persons” under the Code. A United States person is a person who is for United States federal income tax purposes:

• an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation, partnership, or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or of any state or under the laws of the District of Columbia, unless, in the case of a partnership, Treasury Regulations provide otherwise;

• an estate which is required to pay U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source of its income; or

• a trust whose administration is under the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in Treasury Regulations, some trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to this date that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons, are also considered United States persons.

Stated interest and market discount

You must generally include the interest on the new notes in ordinary income:

• when it accrues, if you use the accrual method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes; or

• when you receive it, if you use the cash method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes.

You should be aware that the holding and disposition of new notes may be affected by the market discount provisions of the Code. These rules generally provide that if a holder of a debt instrument purchases it at a market discount and thereafter recognizes gain on a disposition of the debt instrument, including a gift or payment on maturity, the lesser of such gain or appreciation, in the case of a gift, and the portion of the market discount that accrued while the debt instrument was held by such holder will be treated as ordinary interest income at the time of the disposition. For this purpose, a purchase at a market discount includes a purchase after original issuance at a price below the debt instrument’s stated principal amount. The market discount rules also provide that a holder who acquires a debt instrument at a market discount and who does not elect to include such market discount in income on a current basis may be required to defer a portion of any interest expense that may otherwise be deductible on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such debt instrument until the holder disposes of the debt instrument in a taxable transaction.

A holder of a debt instrument acquired at a market discount may elect to include the market discount in income as the discount thereon accrues, either on a straight-line basis or, if elected, on a constant interest rate basis. The current inclusion election, once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired by such holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies and may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service, or “IRS”. If a holder of a new note elects to include market discount in income in accordance with the preceding sentence, the foregoing rules with respect to the recognition of ordinary income on a sale or particular other dispositions of such new note and the deferral of interest deductions on indebtedness related to such new note would not apply.

Amortizable bond premium

Generally, if the tax basis of an obligation held as a capital asset exceeds the amount payable at maturity of the obligation, such excess may constitute amortizable bond premium that the holder may elect to amortize under the constant interest rate method and deduct the amortized premium over the period from the holder’s acquisition

96

date to the obligation’s maturity date. A holder who elects to amortize bond premium must reduce the tax basis in the related obligation by the amount of the aggregate deductions allowable for amortizable bond premium.

The amortizable bond premium deduction generally is treated as an offset to interest income on the related note for federal income tax purposes. You are urged to consult your tax advisor as to the consequences of the treatment of such premium as an offset to interest income for federal income tax purposes.

Disposition

In general, you will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange, redemption, payment upon maturity or other taxable disposition of a new note. The gain or loss is measured by the difference between (a) the amount of cash and the fair market value of property received and (b) your tax basis in the new note as increased by any market discount previously included in income and decreased by any amortizable bond premium deducted over the term of the new note. However, the amount of cash and the fair market value received excludes cash or other property attributable to the payment of accrued interest not previously included in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary income. Subject to the market discount and amortizable bond premium rules above, any such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss, provided the new note is a capital asset in your hands, and will be long-term or short-term capital gain or loss depending on your holding period in the new note.

Backup Withholding

You may be subject to a 28% backup withholding tax when you receive interest payments on the new note or proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of a new note. Certain holders (including, among others, corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations) are generally not subject to backup withholding. In addition, the 28% backup withholding tax will not apply to you if you furnish the appropriate certifications and provide your taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) in the prescribed manner unless:

• the IRS notifies us or our agent that the TIN provided is incorrect;

• you fail to report interest and dividend payments that you receive on your tax return and the IRS notifies us or our agent that withholding is required; or

• you fail to certify under penalties of perjury that you are not subject to backup withholding.

If the 28% backup withholding tax does apply to you, you may use the amounts withheld as a refund or credit against your United States federal income tax liability as long as you provide certain information to the IRS. A holder of new notes who does not provide us with his current taxpayer identification number may be subject to penalties imposed by the Commissioner of the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against your income tax liability.

We will report to you and the IRS the amount of any interest or dividends paid and any amount withheld with respect to the new notes during the calendar year.

Taxation of Holders Who Are Non-U.S. Persons

The discussion in this section applies to holders of the new notes who are not United States persons, such as nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations.

Payments of principal and interest on a new note beneficially owned by you will not be subject to United States federal withholding tax; provided, in the case of interest:

• each of the following conditions is met:

(i) you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.;

97

(ii) you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is related, directly or indirectly, to Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.; and

(iii) either (x) you provide an applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying to the person otherwise required to withhold United States federal income tax from such interest that you are not a United States person and provide your name and address, or (y) the certification procedures set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.871-14(c)(2) are otherwise satisfied; or

• you are entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty under which the interest is exempt from United States federal withholding tax and you or your agent provides an applicable IRS Form W-8 claiming the exemption; or

• you conduct a trade or business in the United States to which the interest is effectively connected and you or your agent provides an IRS Form W-8ECI;

provided that in each such case, the relevant certification or IRS form is delivered pursuant to applicable procedures and is properly transmitted to the person otherwise required to withhold United States federal income tax, and none of the persons receiving the relevant certification or IRS form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the certification or any statement on the IRS form is false.

You will not be subject to United States federal withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of a new note unless the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by you in the United States or, in the case of an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year in which the sale, exchange or other disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met.

If you engage in a trade or business in the United States, and if interest on the new note (or gain realized on its sale, exchange or other disposition) is effectively connected with the conduct by you of such trade or business, you will generally be subject to regular United States income tax on such effectively connected income in the same manner as if you were a U.S. person. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax (unless reduced or eliminated by an applicable treaty) on your effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments. For purposes of the branch profits tax, interest on, and any gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of, a new note will be included in your effectively connected earnings and profits if such interest or gain, as the case may be, is effectively connected with the conduct by you of a trade or business in the United States.

You should be aware that if you do not properly provide a required IRS form, or if an IRS form (or, if permissible, a copy of such form) is not properly transmitted to and received by the United States person otherwise required to withhold United States federal income tax, interest on the new note may be subject to United States withholding tax at a 30% rate. Such tax, however, may in certain circumstances be allowed as a refund or as a credit against your United States federal income tax.

98

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Based on interpretations by the SEC staff set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including the Exxon Capital and Morgan Stanley letters and similar letters, we believe that the new notes to be issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold, and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than any holder which is an “affiliate” of ours or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business and the holder has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes. Accordingly, any holder using the exchange offer to participate in a distribution of the new notes will not be able to rely on these no-action letters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where those old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. For a period of at least 180 days after the date on which this exchange registration statement is declared effective, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests these documents in the letter of transmittal. Any broker-dealers who acquired old notes from us may not rely on interpretations of the staff of the SEC to the foregoing effect and must instead comply with the registration requirements and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act (including being named a selling securityholder) in order to resell the old notes for the new notes.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells the new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of the new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of at least 180 days after the date on which this exchange registration statement is declared effective, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests these documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any broker dealers, and will indemnify the holders of the new notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

99

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the new notes and the guarantees and certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain partners in the firm of Goodwin Procter LLP beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 36,326 shares of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. common stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of our company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, incorporated by reference in the prospectus constituting a part of this registration statement on Form S-4 have been audited by BDO Seidman LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their reports incorporated herein by reference, and are incorporated herein in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of our company, as of December 31, 2001, and for the year then ended, incorporated by reference in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants.

The consolidated financial statements of Applied Biotech, Inc. and subsidiary as of June 30, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s equity and cash flows for the nine months ended June 30, 2003 incorporated by reference in the prospectus constituting a part of this registration statement on Form S-4 have been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report incorporated herein by reference, and are incorporated herein in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The statements of net assets sold of the Rapid Diagnostics Product Lines of the Abbott Diagnostics Division and Ross Products Division of Abbott Laboratories as of September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related statements of net sales in excess of expenses for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, incorporated by reference in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report incorporated by reference in the registration statement, and are incorporated by reference in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion in this prospectus of its reports on the financial statements of our company described above, and the requirement to file its consent to such inclusion with the Securities and Exchange Commission has been dispensed with in reliance upon Rule 437a under the Securities Act. Because Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion of its reports in this document, you will not be able to recover against Arthur Andersen LLP under Section 11 of the Securities Act for any untrue statements of a material fact contained in the financial statements described above that were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP or any omissions to state a material fact required to be stated therein.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s website on the World Wide Web at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, you may read our SEC filings at the offices of the American Stock Exchange, which are located at 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Our SEC filings are available at the American Stock Exchange because our common stock is listed on the American Stock Exchange.

100

We maintain a web site at www.invernessmedical.com and we make available through this site, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. These reports may be accessed through our website’s company information page. The information on our website is not part of or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference the information we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to these documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus, and information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede the information already incorporated by reference. Our SEC file number is 000-16789. We incorporate by reference the following documents that we have previously filed with the SEC:

• Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 and filed on March 15, 2004, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A filed on April 22, 2004;

• Proxy Statement filed pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which was filed on April 28, 2004;

• Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, which was filed on May 10, 2004;

• Current Report on Form 8-K, event date August 27, 2003, which was filed on September 10, 2003, as amended by the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 10, 2003;

• Current Report on Form 8-K, event date September 30, 2003, which was filed on October 9, 2003, as amended by the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on November 20, 2003;

• Current Report on Form 8-K, event date January 14, 2004, which was filed on January 22, 2004; and

• Current Report on Form 8-K, event date February 10, 2004, which was filed on February 12, 2004.

We also incorporate by reference any future filings made with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (1) on or after the date of filing of the registration statement containing this prospectus and prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement and (2) on or after the date of this prospectus and until the consummation of this exchange offer. Those documents will become a part of this prospectus from the date that the documents are filed with the SEC.

Upon oral or written request and at no cost to the requester, we will provide to any person to whom this prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the information that has been incorporated by reference in this prospectus but not delivered with this prospectus. All requests should be made to: Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., 51 Sawyer Road, Suite 200, Waltham, Massachusetts 02453, Attn: Corporate Secretary. Telephone requests may be directed to the Corporate Secretary at (781) 647-3900. You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or the documents incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus or those documents.

101

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of expenses, including attorneys’ fees but excluding judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit. And with the further limitation that in these actions, no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of negligence or misconduct in the performance of the person’s duties to the corporation, unless a court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

Article V of the bylaws of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) provide that the Company shall, to the extent legally permitted, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, trustee, partner, employee or agent of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. The indemnification provided for in Article V is expressly not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any law, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such persons.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Article V of the bylaws of the Company provide that the Company shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its officers, directors, employees and agents, against any liability asserted against and incurred by such persons in any such capacity.

The Company has obtained insurance covering its directors and officers against losses and insuring the Company against certain of its obligations to indemnify its directors and officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation may eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provisions shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware regarding the unlawful payment of dividends, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No such provision shall eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date when such provision becomes effective.

Pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, Article VII of the certificate of incorporation of the Company eliminates a director’s personal liability for monetary damages to the Company and its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except in circumstances involving a breach of the director’s duty of loyalty

II-1

to the Company or its stockholders, acts or omissions not in good faith, intentional misconduct, knowing violations of the law, self-dealing or the unlawful payment of dividends or repurchase of stock.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) See Exhibits.

Exhibit No.	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2001).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2001).
3.3	Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2001)
4.1	Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 10, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and UBS Warburg LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2003).
4.2	Indenture dated as of February 10, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (incorporated by reference to 4.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2003).
4.3	Form of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. 8 ¾% Senior Subordinated Note due 2012 (included in Exhibit 4.2 hereto).
5.1	Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP as to the legality of the Securities being registered. *
12.1	Calculation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges. *
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Company. *
23.1	Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP. *
23.2	Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP. *
23.3	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP. *
23.4	Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
24.1	Power of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this registration statement). *
25.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of U.S. Bank Trust National Association. *
99.1	Form Letter of Transmittal. *
99.2	Form Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. *
99.3	Form Letter to Registered Holders and DTC Participants. *
99.4	Form Letter to Clients. *

* Filed herewith.

II-2

Item 22. Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

(d) The registrant undertakes that every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (c) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offering therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(e) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification

II-3

is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(f) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(g) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Waltham, State of Massachusetts, on the 30^th day of June, 2004.

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.
By:	/s/    RON ZWANZIGER
	Ron Zwanziger Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
By:	/s/    CHRISTOPHER J. LINDOP
	Christopher J. Lindop Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENT, that we, the undersigned officers and directors of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. hereby severally constitute and appoint Ron Zwanziger and Christopher J. Lindop and each singly, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    RON ZWANZIGER         Ron Zwanziger	Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	June 30, 2004
/s/    CHRISTOPHER J. LINDOP         Christopher J. Lindop	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	June 30, 2004
/s/    ERNEST A. CARABILLO         Ernest A. Carabillo	Director	June 30, 2004
/s/    CAROL R. GOLDBERG         Carol R. Goldberg	Director	June 30, 2004
/s/    ROBERT KHEDERIAN         Robert Khederian	Director	June 30, 2004
/s/    JOHN F. LEVY         John F. Levy	Director	June 30, 2004

II-5

/s/    JERRY MCALEER, PH.D.         Jerry McAleer, Ph.D.	Director	June 30, 2004
/s/    JOHN A. QUELCH         John A. Quelch	Director	June 30, 2004
/s/    DAVID SCOTT, PH.D.         David Scott, Ph.D.	Director	June 30, 2004
/s/    PETER TOWNSEND         Peter Townsend	Director	June 30, 2004
/s/    ALDRED M. ZEIEN         Aldred M. Zeien	Director	June 30, 2004

II-6

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Waltham, State of Massachusetts, on the 30th day of June, 2004.

ADVANTAGE DIAGNOSTICS CORPORATION APPLIED BIOTECH, INC. FOREFRONT DIAGNOSTICS, INC. INNOVATIONS RESEARCH, LLC INVERNESS MEDICAL, INC. INVERNESS MEDICAL INTERNATIONAL HOLDING CORP. INVERNESS MEDICAL INTERNATIONAL HOLDING CORP. II MORPHEUS ACQUISITION CORP. OSTEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. UNIPATH DIAGNOSTICS, INC. UNIPATH ONLINE, INC. WAMPOLE LABORATORIES, LLC
By:	/s/    ANTHONY J. BERNARDO
	Name:  Anthony J. Bernardo Title:    President, President, President, Chief Operating Officer, President, President, President, President, President, Vice President, President, Vice President, respectively

SELFCARE TECHNOLOGY, INC.
By:	/s/    DUANE L. JAMES
	Name:  Duane L. James Title:    Treasurer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENT, that we, the undersigned officers and directors or managers, as applicable, of the entities listed above, hereby severally constitute and appoint Ron Zwanziger and Christopher J. Lindop and each singly, our true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that any said attorney-in-fact and agent, or any substitute or substitutes of any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

II-7

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/    RON ZWANZIGER         Ron Zwanziger	Chief Executive Officer and Director of Inverness Medical, Inc.; President and Director of Selfcare Technology, Inc. and Unipath Diagnostics, Inc.	June 30, 2004
/s/    ANTHONY J. BERNARDO         Anthony J. Bernardo	President and Director of Advantage Diagnostics Corporation, Applied Biotech, Inc., Forefront Diagnostics, Inc., Inverness Medical, Inc., Inverness Medical International Holding Corp., Inverness Medical International Holding Corp. II, Morpheus Acquisition Corp., Ostex International, Inc. and Unipath Online, Inc.; Manager of Innovations Research, LLC and Wampole Laboratories, LLC; and Director of Unipath Diagnostics, Inc.	June 30, 2004
/s/    DAVID SCOTT, PH.D.         David Scott, Ph.D.	President and Manager of Innovations Research, LLC	June 30, 2004
/s/    JOHN BRIDGEN, PH.D.         John Bridgen, Ph.D.	President and Manager of Wampole Laboratories, LLC	June 30, 2004
/s/    DUANE L. JAMES         Duane L. James	Treasurer of Advantage Diagnostics Corporation, Applied Biotech, Inc., Forefront Diagnostics, Inc., Innovations Research, LLC, Inverness Medical, Inc., Inverness Medical International Holding Corp., Inverness Medical International Holding Corp. II, Morpheus Acquisition Corp., Selfcare Technology, Inc., Ostex International, Inc., Unipath Diagnostics, Inc., Unipath Online, Inc. and Wampole Laboratories, LLC	June 30, 2004
/s/    PAUL T. HEMPEL         Paul T. Hempel	Director of Advantage Diagnostics Corporation, Applied Biotech, Inc., Forefront Diagnostics, Inc., Inverness Medical International Holding Corp., Inverness Medical International Holding Corp. II and Morpheus Acquisition Corp.; and Manager of Innovations Research, LLC and Wampole Laboratories, LLC	June 30, 2004

II-8

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2001).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2001).
3.3	Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 20, 2001)
4.1	Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 10, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and UBS Warburg LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2003).
4.2	Indenture dated as of February 10, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (incorporated by reference to 4.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K, as amended, for the year ended December 31, 2003).
4.3	Form of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. 8 ¾% Senior Subordinated Note due 2012 (included in Exhibit 4.2 hereto).
5.1	Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP as to the legality of the Securities being registered. *
12.1	Calculation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges. *
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Company. *
23.1	Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP. *
23.2	Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP. *
23.3	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP. *
23.4	Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
24.1	Power of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this registration statement). *
25.1	Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of U.S. Bank Trust National Association. *
99.1	Form Letter of Transmittal. *
99.2	Form Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. *
99.3	Form Letter to Registered Holders and DTC Participants. *
99.4	Form Letter to Clients. *

* Filed herewith.

EX-5.1

Exhibit 5.1

June 30, 2004

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.

and the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto

c/o Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.

51 Sawyer Road, Suite 200 Waltham, MA 02453

Re:     Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is delivered in our capacity as counsel to Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Inverness”), and the subsidiaries of Inverness listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors” and together with Inverness, the “Companies”) in connection with the Companies’ registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the registration of the offer by Inverness to exchange up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of its 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “New Notes”) for its existing 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes”). The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by the Subsidiary Guarantors. The New Notes are proposed to be issued in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture dated as of February 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”) by and among Inverness, the Subsidiary Guarantors and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Trustee as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 10, 2004 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) by and among Inverness, the Subsidiary Guarantors, UBS Warburg LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Inverness, as amended to the date hereof, and on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the charter documents of each Subsidiary Guarantor, as amended to the date hereof, and on file with the Secretary of State of the State in which such Subsidiary Guarantors were incorporated or formed, (iii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Inverness, as amended to the date hereof, (iv) the bylaws or limited liability company agreement (as applicable) of each Subsidiary Guarantor, as amended to the date hereof, (v) the Registration Statement, including the form of prospectus included therein and the documents incorporated by reference therein, (vi) the Indenture, (vii) the Registration Rights Agreement, (viii) the Form T-1 of the Trustee filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (ix) the form of the New Notes, (x) such records of corporate or limited liability company proceedings of the Companies as we have deemed material and (xi) such other certificates, receipts, records and documents as we considered necessary for the purposes of this opinion.

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we express no opinion concerning the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States of America, the laws of the State of New York and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (which includes applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Delaware Constitution) and also express no opinion with respect to the blue sky securities laws of any states including the State of New York, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the State of Delaware. To the extent that any other laws govern any of the matters as to which we express an opinion herein, we have assumed, without independent investigation, that the laws of such jurisdiction are identical to those of the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and we express no opinion as to whether such assumption is reasonable or correct.

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.

Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto

June 30, 2004

Page 2

Also, for purposes of our opinions rendered below, and without limiting any other comments and qualifications set forth herein, insofar as they relate to the enforceability against the Subsidiary Guarantors, we have assumed that each Subsidiary Guarantor has received reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration in exchange for its obligations therein or undertakings in connection therewith, and that prior to and after consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture and Guarantees to which they are party, each Subsidiary Guarantor is not insolvent, rendered insolvent or left with unreasonably small capital within the meaning of applicable laws.

For purposes of our examination, we have assumed and have not independently verified the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as certified, facsimile or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. As to facts material to our opinion, we have relied upon certificates, documents, statements and other information of the Companies or respective representatives or officers thereof. We have also assumed that prior to the delivery of any New Notes, the Registration Statement will have been declared effective.

Based on and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1. When the New Notes (in the form examined by us) have been duly executed by Inverness, authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and issued and delivered upon consummation of the Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Statement) against receipt of Old Notes surrendered in exchange therefor in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer, the Registration Right Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Indenture, the New Notes will constitute a valid and binding obligation of Inverness, enforceable against Inverness in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation, voidable preference, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity including without limitation reasonableness, materiality, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding of law or in equity).

2. When the Guarantees (in the form examined by us) have been duly executed by the Subsidiary Guarantors and issued and delivered upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Indenture, the Guarantees will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors, enforceable against the Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation, voidable preference, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity including without limitation reasonableness, materiality, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding of law or in equity).

This opinion is based upon currently existing statutes, rules and regulations and judicial decisions and is rendered as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any of the foregoing sources of law or subsequent developments in law or changes in facts or circumstances which might affect any matters or opinions set forth herein.

This opinion shall be issued in accordance with the Legal Opinion Principles issued by the Committee on Legal Opinions of the American Bar Association Business Law Section as published in 57 Business Lawyer 875 (February 2002).

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.

Subsidiary Guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto

June 30, 2004

Page 3

We hereby consent to being named as counsel to the Companies in the Registration Statement, to the references therein to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/S/    GOODWIN PROCTER LLP

Goodwin Procter LLP

Schedule I

Subsidiaries of Inverness that are Subsidiary Guarantors of

the 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

Advantage Diagnostics Corporation

Applied Biotech, Inc.

Forefront Diagnostics, Inc.

Innovations Research, LLC

Inverness Medical, Inc.

Inverness Medical International Holding Corp.

Inverness Medical International Holding Corp. II

Morpheus Acquisition Corp.

Ostex International, Inc.

Selfcare Technology, Inc.

Unipath Diagnostics, Inc.

Unipath Online, Inc.

Wampole Laboratories, LLC

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

Calculation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

	Three Months Ended March 31,						Year Ended December 31,
	2004			2003 (Restated)			2003 (Restated)			2002 (Restated)			2001			2000			1999
	(in thousands, except ratios)
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES:
(Loss) income before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change	$	(2,657	)	$	3,149		$	13,438		$	(19,192	)	$	(22,655	)	$	4,561		$	1,364
Fixed charges
Interest expense (a)		7,770			2,371			9,711			15,069			2,294			2,035			2,148
Preferred stock accretion and dividends		10			136			448			2,374			—			—			—
Interest portion of rent expense (b)		426			287			1,439			1,078			257			122			142
Total fixed charges		8,206			2,794			11,598			18,521			2,551			2,157			2,290
Total (loss) earnings	$	5,549		$	5,943		$	25,036		$	(671	)	$	(20,104	)	$	6,718		$	3,654
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges		0.7	x		2.1	x		2.2	x		—			—			3.1	x		1.6	x
Ratio of coverage deficiency		—			—			—			(c	)		(c	)		—			—

(a) Interest expense includes amortization of deferred financing costs.

(b) Includes approximately one-fourth of the rent expense for each period presented which management believes is a reasonable approximation of the interest component of such rentals.

(c) Due to the loss from operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were insufficient earnings of $19.2 million and $22.7 million, respectively, to cover fixed charges.

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES AS OF JUNE 30, 2004

Name of Subsidiary	State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation	% of Ownership
Advantage Diagnostics Corporation	Delaware	100	%
Applied Biotech, Inc.	California	100	%
Cambridge Diagnostics Ireland Limited	Ireland	100	%
DMD, Dienstleistungen & Vertrieb für Medizin und Diagnostik GmbH	Germany	100	%
Forefront Diagnostics, Inc.	California	100	%
Hall Laboratories, Ltd.	Yukon	100	%
Innovations Research, LLC	Delaware	100	%
Inverness Medical (UK) Holdings, Ltd.	United Kingdom	100	%
Inverness Medical Benelux BVBA(1)	Belgium	100	%
Inverness Medical Canada, Inc.	Canada	100	%
Inverness Medical Germany GmbH	Germany	100	%
Inverness Medical International Holding Corp. I	Delaware	100	%
Inverness Medical International Holding Corp. II	Delaware	100	%
Inverness Medical Switzerland GmbH	Switzerland	100	%
Inverness Medical, Inc.	Delaware	100	%
IVC Industries, Inc.(2)	Delaware	100	%
Morpheus Acquisition Corp.	Delaware	100	%
Morpheus Acquisition LLC	Delaware	100	%
Orgenics International Holdings BV	Netherlands	100	%
Orgenics Ltd.(3)	Israel	100	%
Ostex International, Inc.	Washington	100	%
Pregymed GmbH	Germany	100	%
Scandanvian Micro Biodevices ApS	Denmark	100	%
Selfcare Technology, Inc.	Delaware	100	%
Unipath Diagnostics GmbH	Germany	100	%
Unipath Diagnostics, Inc.	Delaware	100	%
Unipath Limited	United Kingdom	100	%
Unipath Management Limited	United Kingdom	100	%
Unipath Online, Inc.	Massachusetts	100	%
Unipath Scandinavia AB	Sweden	100	%
Viva Diagnostika – Diagnostische Produkte – GmbH	Germany	100	%
Wampole Laboratories, LLC	Delaware	100	%

⁽¹⁾ Formerly known as Bvba Selfcare Benelux sprl.

⁽²⁾ Doing business as Inverness Medical Nutritionals and Inverness Medical Nutritionals Group.

⁽³⁾ Orgenics, Ltd. has eleven (11) wholly owned subsidiaries, and one majority controlled joint venture, operating outside of the United States.

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.

Waltham, MA

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) of our report dated February 17, 2004 (except for the restatements as discussed in Note 2(g), as to which the date is April 19, 2004) relating to the consolidated financial statements of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. appearing in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2003.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/    BDO Seidman, LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 30, 2004

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.

Waltham, MA

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) of our report dated August 21, 2003 (except for the matter disclosed in Note 13, for which the date is August 27, 2003) relating to the consolidated financial statements of Applied Biotech, Inc. and subsidiary appearing in the Company’s current report on Form 8-K/A, filed on November 10, 2003.

/s/    BDO Seidman, LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 30, 2004

EX-23.3

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. on Form S-4 of our report dated October 24, 2003, related to the statements of net assets sold of the Rapid Diagnostics Product Lines of Abbott Diagnostics Division and Ross Products Division of Abbott Laboratories as of September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related statements of net sales in excess of expenses for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, appearing in the current report on Form 8K/A filed on November 20, 2003 and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois

June 30, 2004

EX-25.1

Exhibit 25.1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER

THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of

a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) ¨

U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

41-1973763

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

300 East Delaware Avenue, 8th Floor Wilmington, Delaware	19809
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Cheryl L. Clarke

U.S. Bank Trust National Association

100 Wall Street, Suite 1600

New York, NY 10005

Telephone (212) 361-6159

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware	04-3565120
(State or other jurisdiction of	(I. R. S. Employer
incorporation or organization)	Identification No.)
51 Sawyer Road, Suite 200
Waltham, MA	02453
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

8 ³/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2012

FORM T-1

Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None

USE ONE OF FOLLOWING RESPONSES ONLY

Items 3-15. The Trustee is a Trustee under other Indentures under which securities issued by the obligor are outstanding. There is not and there has not been a default with respect to the securities outstanding under other such Indentures.

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

1. A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1, Document 6 of Registration No. 333-84320.

2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 of Form T-1, Document 6 of Registration No. 333-84320.

3. A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of Form T-1, Document 6 of Registration No. 333-84320.

4. A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of Form T-1, Document 6 of Registration No. 333-113995.

5. Not applicable.

6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1, Document 6 of Registration No. 333-84320.

7. Report of Condition of the Trustee as of March 31, 2004, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

8. Not applicable.

9. Not applicable.

2

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, State of New York on the 28^th day of June, 2004.

U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:     /s/ CHERYL L. CLARKE                        

Name: Cheryl L. Clarke

Title: Assistant Vice President

3

Exhibit 7

U.S. Bank Trust National Association

Statement of Financial Condition

As of March 31, 2004

($000’s)

	3/31/2004
Assets
Cash and Due From Depository Institutions	$	384,222
Fixed Assets		532
Intangible Assets		113,634
Other Assets		28,853
Total Assets	$	527,241
Liabilities
Other Liabilities	$	16,579
Total Liabilities	$	16,579
Equity
Common and Preferred Stock	$	1,000
Surplus		505,932
Undivided Profits		3,730
Total Equity Capital	$	510,662
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital	$	527,241

To the best of the undersigned’s determination, as of this date the above financial information is true and correct.

U.S. Bank Trust National Association

By:     /s/ CHERYL L. CLARKE                

Name: Cheryl L. Clarke

Title: Assistant Vice President

Date: June 28, 2004

4

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

For Tender of All Outstanding

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

(CUSIP Nos: 46126PAA4 and USU4608FAA94)

In Exchange For

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

(CUSIP Nos:                  and                 )

Which Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated                      , 2004

The Exchange Offer and Withdrawal Rights Will Expire

at midnight, New York City Time,

On                      , 2004,

Unless the Exchange Offer is Extended (the “Expiration Date”)

The Exchange Agent (the “Exchange Agent”) for the Exchange Offer is:

U.S. Bank Trust National Association

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Courier:

U.S. Bank Trust National Association

180 East Fifth Street

St. Paul, Minnesota 55101

Attention: Specialized Financing

By Facsimile:

(651) 244-1537

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

(651) 244-8161

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OR TRANSMISSION THEREOF TO A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ALL DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CERTIFICATES, IS AT THE RISK OF THE HOLDER. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

This Letter of Transmittal is being furnished by Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) in connection with its offer to exchange its 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes”) that were issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), under that certain Indenture dated as of February 10, 2004 (the

1

“Indenture”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein, as Guarantors, and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Trustee, for like amounts of its newly issued 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012, which have been registered under the Securities Act (the “New Notes”).

The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the prospectus dated                      , 2004 (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) and this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of its Old Notes, of which $150 million aggregate principal amount is outstanding, for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding New Notes upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus. For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder will receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes, or if no interest has been paid, from February 10, 2004. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of completion of the Exchange Offer. Holders whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment of interest on the Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The term “Expiration Date” shall mean midnight, New York City time, on                      , 2004, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer, in which case the term shall mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended by the Company. The Exchange Offer will not, under any circumstances, extend beyond November 8 2004. All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings given them in the Prospectus.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used if (i) certificates for Old Notes are to be physically delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith by holders, (ii) tender of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” in the Prospectus, by any financial institution that is a participant in DTC and whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, unless an Agent’s Message (as defined in Instruction 2) is transmitted in lieu hereof, or (iii) tender of Old Notes is to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes,” unless an Agent’s Message is transmitted in lieu hereof. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and any other required documents must be made to the Exchange Agent. Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

The term “holder” as used herein means any person in whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose name appears on a security position listing provided by DTC as an owner of Old Notes.

Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes must, prior to the Expiration Date: (1) complete, sign and deliver this Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile hereof, to the Exchange Agent, in person or to the address set forth above, unless an Agent’s Message is transmitted in lieu hereof; and (2) tender (and not withdraw) his or her Old Notes or, if a tender of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC, confirm such book-entry transfer (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”), in each case in accordance with the procedures for tendering described in the instructions to this Letter of Transmittal. Holders of Old Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or Book-Entry Confirmation and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal to be delivered to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” in the Prospectus. (See Instruction 2).

2

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the New Notes will be made promptly following the Expiration Date. For the purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if the Company has given oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AT (651) 244-8161 OR AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE. (SEE INSTRUCTION 12).

HOLDERS WHO WISH TO ACCEPT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES MUST COMPLETE BOX 1, BOX 2 AND BOX 4 AND SIGN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IN BOX 4 AND COMPLY WITH ALL OF ITS TERMS, UNLESS AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IS TRANSMITTED IN LIEU HEREOF.

3

Box 1: Tender of Old Notes

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IN LIEU HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES) FOR OLD NOTES OR A CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OF SUCH OLD NOTES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR, IF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES ARE TO BE COMPLIED WITH, A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY, MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

¨ CHECK HERE IF CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING THE TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

¨ CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                       

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                 

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                               

Holders whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date may tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.” (See Instruction 2).

¨ CHECK HERE IF OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE DATE HEREOF AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name(s) of Tendering Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                   

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                            

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                               

Name of Eligible Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                     

IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                 

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                               

4

Box 2: Description of Old Notes Tendered

List below the Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amounts on a separately executed schedule and affix the schedule to this Letter of Transmittal. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or integral multiples thereof. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted.

DESCRIPTION OF 8¾% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2012

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Owner(s), Exactly as Name(s) Appear(s) on Old Notes or on a Security Position	Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. Certificate(s) Surrendered (Attach additional signed schedule if necessary)
	Certificate No(s).	Aggregate Principal Amount Represented by Certificate(s)*	Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered (if less than all)**

* Does not need to be completed if Old Notes are tendered by book-entry transfer.

** Unless otherwise indicated, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the entire face amount of all Old Notes if no lesser amount is indicated. Old Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

If not already printed above, the name(s) and address(es) of the registered owner(s) should be printed exactly as they appear on the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes tendered hereby or, if tendered by a participant in DTC, exactly as such participant’s name appears on a security position listing as the owner of those Old Notes.

5

Box 3: Special Registration and Delivery Instructions

PLEASE READ CAREFULLY INSTRUCTIONS 4, 5, 6 AND 7

SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not tendered or New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at DTC other than the account indicated on the following page.

Issue Old Notes and/or New Notes certificate(s) to:

Name:
	(PLEASE PRINT)
	(PLEASE PRINT)
Address:
	(INCLUDING ZIP CODE)
	(TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER)
¨	Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the DTC account set forth below:
	(DTC ACCOUNT NUMBER)

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes in a principal amount not tendered or New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange are to be delivered to someone other than the undersigned.

Deliver Old Notes and/or New Notes certificate(s) to:

Name:
	(PLEASE PRINT)
	(PLEASE PRINT)
Address:
	(INCLUDING ZIP CODE)
	(TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER)

6

NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW

PLEASE READ ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned is a holder of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “Old Notes”) issued by Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) under that certain Indenture dated as of February 10, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors named therein, as Guarantors (the “Guarantors”), and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                      , 2004 (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) of the Company and this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of $150 million of its newly issued 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “New Notes”) which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for like amounts of its Old Notes that were issued and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The term “Expiration Date” shall mean midnight, New York City time, on                      , 2004, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer, in which case the term shall mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended by the Company. The Exchange Offer will not, under any circumstances, extend beyond November 8, 2004. All other capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings given them in the Prospectus.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and in accordance with this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Old Notes indicated in the tables in Box 2 above labeled “Description of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012” under the column heading “Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered (if less than all)” (or, if nothing is indicated therein, with respect to the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the Old Notes described in those tables). The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that Old Notes may not be tendered except in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal.

Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes that are being tendered hereby and that are being accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer. By executing this Letter of Transmittal, and subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered therewith, the undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company and as Trustee and Registrar under the Indenture) with respect to the tendered Old Notes, with full powers of substitution and revocation (such powers of attorney being deemed an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), subject only to the right of withdrawal described in the Prospectus, to (i) deliver certificates for such Old Notes to the Company or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by DTC, together, in either such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, (ii) present such Old Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Old Notes, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer.

If the undersigned is not the registered owner of the Old Notes listed in Box 2 above labeled “Description of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012” under the column heading “Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered (if less than all)” or such registered owner’s legal representative or attorney-in-fact, then in order to validly tender, the undersigned has obtained a properly completed irrevocable proxy that authorizes the undersigned (or the undersigned’s legal representative or attorney-in-fact) to deliver a Letter of Transmittal in respect of such Old Notes on behalf of the registered owner thereof, and that proxy is being delivered with this Letter of Transmittal.

7

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that a tender of Old Notes pursuant to any of the procedures described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal and an acceptance of such Old Notes by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned understands and agrees that the Company reserves the right not to accept tendered Old Notes from any tendering holder if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that conditions precedent, as set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” have not been satisfied.

No authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of Transmittal shall be affected by, and all such authority shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. This tender of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, as set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby and to acquire New Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Old Notes, and that when those Old Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and those Old Notes will not be subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered Old Notes or transfer of ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by a book-entry transfer facility.

The undersigned hereby further represents and warrants that: (i) the undersigned is acquiring the New Notes in the ordinary course of its business; (ii) the undersigned is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the New Notes; (iii) the undersigned has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes; (iv) neither the undersigned nor any other such person is an affiliate of the Company; and (v) the undersigned is not a broker-dealer tendering Old Notes acquired directly from the Company.

The undersigned also acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, that the New Notes issued in exchange for Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes. However, the Company has not obtained a no-action letter specifically for this Exchange Offer, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances. If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, that holder (a) cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (b) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

The undersigned understands and acknowledges that the Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any Old Notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date or, as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes,” to

8

terminate the Exchange Offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Old Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned understands that the Company may accept the undersigned’s tender by delivering oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of acceptance to the Exchange Agent, at which time the undersigned’s right to withdraw such tender will terminate. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old Notes (or defectively tendered Old Notes with respect to which the Company has waived the defect) when, as and if the Company has given oral (which shall be promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

Old Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted as soon as practicable after the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Exchange Offer. The undersigned understands that the Company will deliver the New Notes as promptly as practicable following acceptance of the tendered Old Notes.

The undersigned acknowledges that the Exchange Offer is subject to the more detailed terms set forth in the Prospectus and, in case of any conflict between the terms of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, the Prospectus shall prevail.

If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned (except as noted below with respect to tenders through DTC), at the Company’s cost and expense, to the undersigned at the address shown below or at a different address as may be indicated herein under “Special Delivery Instructions” as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.

Unless otherwise indicated in Box 3 “Special Registration Instructions,” the undersigned hereby request(s) that any Old Notes representing principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange, and that the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange be issued in the name(s) of, and delivered to, and return any certificates for Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged to, the undersigned (or, in either such event in the case of Old Notes tendered by DTC, by credit to the account of the undersigned at DTC).

Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in Box 3 “Special Delivery Instructions,” the undersigned hereby request(s) that any Old Notes representing principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange, and that the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange be issued in the name(s) of, and any certificates for Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned’s signature(s), unless, in either event, tender is being made through DTC. In the event that both “Special Registration Instructions” and “Special Delivery Instructions” are completed, the undersigned hereby request(s) that the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange be issued in the name(s) of, and return any certificates for Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned understands that the Company has no obligations pursuant to the “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” to transfer any Old Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof or to issue any New Notes in the name(s) of anyone other than the name(s) of the Old Notes in respect of which those New Notes are issued if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the principal amount of such Old Notes so tendered. The undersigned understands that the undersigned must comply with all terms and conditions of the Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms to transfer Old Notes either not tendered for exchange or not accepted for exchange from the name of the registered holder(s).

Holders who wish to tender the Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or an Agent’s Message in lieu hereof or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date, may tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.” (See Instruction 2).

9

The undersigned understands that the delivery and surrender of the Old Notes is not effective, and the risk of loss of the Old Notes does not pass to the Company, until receipt by the Exchange Agent of this Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile hereof, properly completed and duly executed (or, in the case of a book-entry transfer, an Agent’s Message, if applicable, in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal), together with all accompanying evidences of authority and any other required documents in a form satisfactory to the Company. All questions as to the form of all documents and the validity (including time of receipt) and acceptance of tenders and withdrawals of Old Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name:

Address:

If the undersigned is a broker-dealer holding Old Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of New Notes received in respect of such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

10

Box 4

PLEASE SIGN HERE

(To be completed by all tendering

holders of Old Notes regardless of whether Old Notes are

being physically delivered herewith)

By completing, executing and delivering this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders the principal amount of the Old Notes listed in Box 2 above labeled “Description of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012” under the column headings “Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered (if less than all)” (or if nothing is indicated therein, with respect to the entire aggregate principal amount represented by the Old Notes described in that box).

This Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the registered holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear on the Old Notes or, if tendered by a participant in DTC, exactly as such participant’s name appears on a security listing as the owner of Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this Letter of Transmittal. If Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relate are held of record by two or more joint holders, then all such holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then such person must (i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Company, submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority so to act (See Instruction 4).

X
		DATE
X
	SIGNATURE(S) OF HOLDER(S) OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY	DATE

Name(s):		Address:
	(PLEASE PRINT)		(INCLUDING ZIP CODE)

Capacity: Area Code and
Telephone Number:

Social
Security No.:

11

PLEASE COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 HEREIN

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE (SEE INSTRUCTION 1)

Certain Signatures Must be Guarantee by an Eligible Institution

(Name of Eligible Institution Guaranteeing Signatures)

(Address (Including Zip Code) and Telephone Number (Including Area Code) of Firm)

(Authorized Signature)

(Printed Name)

(Title)

Date:                     

(Place Seal Here)

12

INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. Guarantee of Signatures. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed if (i) this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered herewith and such holder(s) have not completed Box 3 “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” or (ii) such Old Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution (See Instruction 6). Otherwise, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a recognized participant in the Security Transfer Agents Medallion Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, which is generally a member of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office in the United States (each, an “Eligible Institution”). All signatures on bond powers and endorsements on certificates must also be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If the Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, if Old Notes not accepted for exchange or not tendered are to be returned to a person other than the registered holder or if New Notes are to be issued to someone other than the signatory of this Letter of Transmittal, then the signatures on this Letter of Transmittal accompanying the tendered Old Notes must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

2. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Old Notes. This Letter of Transmittal is to be used if (i) certificates for Old Notes are to be physically delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith by holders, (ii) tenders of Old Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at DTC through DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) or (iii) tenders of Old Notes are to be made according to guaranteed delivery procedures, all as set forth in the Prospectus. For holders whose Old Notes are being delivered by book-entry transfer, delivery of an Agent’s Message (as defined below) by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer in lieu of execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant(s) identified in the Agent’s Message.

Certificates for all physically delivered Old Notes or confirmation of any book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, as well as, in each case (including cases where tender is affected by book-entry transfer), a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

This Letter of Transmittal and Old Notes should be sent only to the Exchange Agent and not to the Company or DTC.

To validly tender Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, either (i) the Exchange Agent must receive a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof with any required signature guarantees, together with either a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or certificates for the Old Notes, or an Agent’s Message, as the case may be, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) a holder of Old Notes must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below.

The method of delivery of the tendered Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the tendering holder. Except as otherwise provided herein and in the Prospectus, delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, we recommend that the holder use registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, and that the mailing be made sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

13

The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the Old Notes at DTC for purposes of the Exchange Offer promptly after the date of the Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC, this Letter of Transmittal, with any required signature guarantees or an Agent’s Message in connection with a book-entry transfer and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at the address specified on the cover page of this Letter of Transmittal on or prior to the Expiration Date or the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with.

A holder may tender Old Notes that are held through DTC by transmitting its acceptance through DTC’s ATOP, for which the transaction will be eligible, and DTC will then edit and verify the acceptance and send an Agent’s Message to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the Exchange Agent and forming part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each tendering participant to the effect that, with respect to the Old Notes, the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal and the Company may enforce such agreement against such participant.

Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or comply with book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, may tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.” Pursuant to those procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, overnight courier, mail or hand delivery), and (iii) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof or an Agent’s Message in lieu hereof, as well as all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and the certificate(s) representing all tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC) must be received by the Exchange Agent within three American Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date. Any holder who wishes to tender his Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance, withdrawal and revocation of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof or an Agent’s Message in lieu hereof, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Old Notes for exchange. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company’s acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any irregularities in the tender or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to particular Old Notes. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including these instructions) shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within the time determined by the Company. No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent, nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities in any tender, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured to the Company’s satisfaction or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered or as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent

14

to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date. The Exchange Agent has no fiduciary duties to the holders with respect to the Exchange Offer and is acting solely on the basis of directions of the Company.

3. Inadequate Space. If the space provided is inadequate, the certificate numbers and/or the number of Old Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule attached hereto.

4. Tender by Holder. Only a holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial owner of Old Notes who is not the registered holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with such registered holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on such beneficial owner’s behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering his Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such beneficial owners name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or properly endorsed certificates representing such Old Notes.

5. Partial Tenders; Withdrawals. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any Old Note is tendered, the tendering holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the table in Box 2 above labeled “Description of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012” under the column heading “Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered (if less than all).” The entire principal amount of any Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Old Notes is not tendered, then Old Notes for the principal amount of Old Notes not tendered and a certificate or certificates representing New Notes issued in exchange for any Old Notes accepted will be sent to the holder at his or her registered address, unless a different address is provided in Box 3 “Special Delivery Instructions” above on this Letter of Transmittal or unless tender is made through DTC, promptly after the Old Notes are accepted for exchange.

Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn, as provided below, at any time prior to midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date. For the withdrawal of a tender to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address or number set forth herein prior to midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person who tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of such Old Notes, or, in the case of Old Notes transferred by book-entry transfer the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited), (iii) be signed by the Depositor in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees, endorsements and/or powers) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Registrar with respect to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of notices of withdrawals will be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Old Notes which have been tendered but which are withdrawn will be returned to the holder without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or will incur any liability for failure to give such notice.

6. Signatures on the Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements. If this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must

15

correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Old Note without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC whose name is shown on a security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes.

If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are registered in the name of two or more holders, all registered holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are registered in different names on several Old Notes, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate Letter of Transmittals as there are different registrations of Old Notes.

If this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof is signed by the registered holder or holders (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include a person whose name appears on a DTC security listing as the owner of the Old Notes) of Old Notes tendered and the certificate or certificates for New Notes issued in exchange therefor is to be issued (or any untendered principal amount of Old Notes to be reissued) to the registered holder, then such holder need not and should not endorse any tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, such holder must either properly endorse the Old Notes tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this Letter of Transmittal with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of any Old Notes listed, such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers in each case signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the Old Notes.

If this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof or any Old Notes or instrument of transfer or bond powers are signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, agent or officer of a corporation or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 6 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

7. Special Registration and Delivery Instructions. Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which New Notes or substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated.

8. Backup Federal Income Tax Withholding and Substitute Form W-9. Under the federal income tax laws, payments that may be made by the Company on account of New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be subject to backup withholding. In order to avoid such backup withholding, each tendering holder should complete and sign the Substitute Form W-9 included in this Letter of Transmittal and provide the correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and certify, under penalties of perjury, (i) that the TIN provided is correct (or the holder is waiting for a number to be issued to him or her); (ii) that either (A) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that the holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, (B) the IRS has notified the holder that the holder is no longer subject to backup withholding; or (C) provide an adequate basis for exemption; and (iii) the holder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). If the tendering holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for one, or intends to apply for one in the near future, such holder should write “Applied For” in the space provided for the TIN in Part 1 of the Substitute Form W-9, sign and date the Substitute Form W-9 and sign the Certificate of

16

Payee Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number. If “Applied For” is written in Part 1, the Company (or the Paying Agent under the Indenture governing the New Notes) shall retain a portion of payments made to the tendering holder during the sixty-day period following the date of the Substitute Form W-9. If the holder furnishes the Exchange Agent or the Company with its TIN within sixty days after the date of the Substitute Form W-9, the Company (or the Paying Agent) shall remit such amounts retained during the sixty-day period to the holder and no further amounts shall be retained or withheld from payments made to the holder thereafter. If, however, the holder has not provided the Exchange Agent or the Company with its TIN within such sixty-day period, the Company (or the Paying Agent) shall remit such previously retained amounts to the IRS as backup withholding. In general, if a holder is an individual, the TIN is the Social Security number of such individual. If the Exchange Agent or the Company are not provided with the correct TIN, the holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the IRS. Certain holders (including, among others, certain corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. In order for a foreign individual to qualify as an exempt recipient, such holder must submit a statement (generally, an appropriate IRS Form W-8), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that individual’s exempt status. Such statements can be obtained from the Exchange Agent. For further information concerning backup withholding and instructions for completing the Substitute Form W-9 (including how to obtain a TIN if you do not have one and how to complete the Substitute Form W-9 if Old Notes are registered in more than one name), consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.

Failure to complete the Substitute Form W-9 will not, by itself, cause Old Notes to be deemed invalidly tendered, but may require the Company (or the Paying Agent) to withhold a portion of the amount of any payments made on account of the New Notes. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of a person subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS.

9. Transfer Taxes. Each registered holder of Old Notes will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If certificates representing New Notes or Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or on any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder. See the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Transfer Taxes.”

Except as provided in this Instruction 9, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

10. Waiver of Conditions. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any Old Notes tendered.

11. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Old Notes. Any tendering holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address and number indicated herein for further instructions.

12. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and number specified in the Prospectus. A holder may also contact such holder’s broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

17

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

Under federal income tax laws, a holder whose tendered Old Notes are accepted for exchange is required to provide the Exchange Agent with such holder’s correct TIN on Substitute Form W-9 below or, alternatively, to establish another basis for an exemption from backup withholding. If such holder is an individual, the TIN is his or her social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, a $50 penalty may be imposed by the IRS, and payments made pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be subject to backup withholding.

Certain holders (including, among others, certain corporations and certain foreign individuals and foreign entities) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt holders should indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. A foreign person may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed appropriate IRS Form W-8, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that holder’s exempt status. An appropriate Form W-8 can be obtained from the Exchange Agent. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional instructions.

If backup withholding applies, the Exchange Agent is required to withhold a portion of any payments made to the holder or other payee. For payments made during calendar year 2004, the applicable backup withholding rate is 30%. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS.

Purpose of Substitute Form W-9

To prevent backup withholding on payments made with respect to the Exchange Offer, the holder is required to provide the Exchange Agent with (i) the holder’s correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 below, certifying that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a TIN) and that (A) the holder has not been notified by the IRS that the holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, (B) the IRS has notified the holder that the holder is no longer subject to backup withholding, or (C) provide an adequate basis for exemption and (ii) certify that the holder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

What Number to Give the Exchange Agent

The holder is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN of the registered holder of the Old Notes. If the Old Notes are held in more than one name or are held not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which number to report.

18

TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS

(SEE INSTRUCTION 8)

Department of the Treasury

INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

Substitute Form W-9

(To be completed by all holders)

Name:

(If joint names, list both and circle the name of the person or entity whose number you enter in Part 1 below)

Business Name:

(Business name, trade name, or “doing business as” name)

Check Appropriate Box: ¨ Individual/Sole Proprietor ¨ Corporation ¨ Partnership

¨ Other
	(Describe)

Address:

Part 1 — Please provide your Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”) in the space provided below and certify by signing and dating below.	Part 2 — If you are exempt from backup withholding, check here.
	¨ Exempt from backup withholding
(Social Security or Employer Identification Number)
Part 3 — Certification — Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: 1. The number shown on this form is my correct TIN (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and 2. I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has informed me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and 3. I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Certification Instructions — You must cross out item 2 of Part 3 if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding, you receive another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item 2 of Part 3.

Signature:	Date:
NOTE: Failure to complete and return this Substitute Form W-9 may result in backup withholding of any payments made to you. Please review Substitute Form W-9 (Instruction 8) for additional details.

19

NOTE: YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU STATED “APPLIED FOR” IN PART 1 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

CERTIFICATION OF PAYEE AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify, under penalties of perjury, that a Taxpayer Identification Number has not been issued to me, and that either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a Taxpayer Identification Number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a Taxpayer Identification Number to the payer a portion of all reportable payments made to me on account of the New Notes shall be retained until I provide a Taxpayer Identification Number to the payer and that, if I do not provide my Taxpayer Identification Number within sixty days, such retained amounts shall be remitted to the Internal Revenue Service as backup withholding and a portion of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld and remitted to the Internal Revenue Service until I provide a Taxpayer Identification Number.

SIGNATURE DATE

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF A PORTION OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU ON ACCOUNT OF THE NEW NOTES. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

20

GUIDELINE FOR CERTIFICATION OF

TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guideline for Determining the Proper Identification Number for the Payee (You) to give the Payer. Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e. 000-000-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” is the Internal Revenue Service.

For this type of account:	Give the name and social security number of
1.      Individual	The individual
2.      Two or more individuals (joint account)	The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account1
3.      Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)	The minor2
4.     a.      The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also trustee)	The Grantor-trustee1
b.      So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law	The actual owner1
5.      Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC	The owner3
For this type of account:	Give the name and employer identification number of
6.      Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC	The owner3
7.      A valid trust, estate, or pension trust	The legal entity4
8.      Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on form 8832	The corporation
9.      Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization	The organization
10.    Partnership or multi-member LLC	The partnership
11.    A broker or registered nominee	The broker or nominee
12.    Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state of local government, school, district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments	The public entity

¹ List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number that person’s number must be furnished.

² Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.

³ You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your social security number or your employer identification number (if you have one).

⁴ List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

21

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Obtaining a Number

If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card at the local Social Security Administration office, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, and apply for a number.

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding include:

1. An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).

2. The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

3. A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.

4. A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentality.

5. An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

6. A corporation.

7. A foreign central bank of issue.

8. A dealer in securities or commodities required to registered in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.

9. A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

10. A real estate investment trust.

11. An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

12. A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).

13. A financial institution.

14. A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.

15. A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 or described in Section 4947.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally exempt from backup withholding include:

16. Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441.

17. Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and that have at least one nonresident alien partner.

18. Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.

19. Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

20. Section 404(k) distributions made by an ESOP.

22

Payments of interest generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

21. Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under Section 852).

22. Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.

23. Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451.

24. Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Certain payments, other than payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are exempt from information reporting are also exempt from backup withholding. For details, see Sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N and the regulations thereunder.

Exempt payees should complete a substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. Furnish your taxpayer identification number, check the box in Part 2 on the form, sign and date the form and return it to the payer. Foreign payees who are not subject to backup withholding should complete an appropriate Form W-8 and return it to the payer.

Privacy Act Notice

Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your return and may also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 30% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1) Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number. If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

23

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

For Tender of

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

of

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc.

As set forth in the prospectus dated                      , 2004 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “prospectus”) of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) (which together with the prospectus constitute the “exchange offer”), this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or a facsimile hereof) or one substantially equivalent hereto, or the electronic form used by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) for this purpose must be used to accept the exchange offer if certificates for outstanding 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 of the Company (the “old notes”) and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal are not immediately available to the registered holder of such old notes, or if a participant in DTC is unable to complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis of old notes to the account maintained by U.S. Bank Trust National Association (the “exchange agent”) at DTC, or if time will not permit all documents required by the exchange offer to reach the exchange agent prior to midnight, New York City time, on                      , 2004, unless extended (the “expiration date”). The exchange offer will not, under any circumstances, extend beyond November 8, 2004. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (or facsimile hereof) or one substantially equivalent hereto may be delivered by mail (registered or certified mail is recommended), by facsimile transmission, by hand or overnight carrier to the exchange agent. See the section of the prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer – Procedures for Tendering Old Notes.” Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the exchange offer.

To:

U.S. Bank Trust National Association

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Courier:

U.S. Bank Trust National Association

180 East Fifth Street

St. Paul, Minnesota 55101

Attention: Specialized Financing

By Facsimile:

(651) 244-1537

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

(651) 244-8161

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                      , 2004 UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, EXTEND BEYOND NOVEMBER 8, 2004. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OR TRANSMISSION THEREOF TO A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ALL DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CERTIFICATES, IS AT THE RISK OF THE HOLDER. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS COMPLETED.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined therein) under the instructions thereto, such signatures must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus dated                      , 2004 (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “prospectus”) and the related Letter of Transmittal (which together with the prospectus constitute the “exchange offer”) which describes the offer of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) to exchange $1,000 in principal amount of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 of the Company (the “new notes”) for each $1,000 in principal amount of old notes.

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of old notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.

The undersigned understands that no withdrawal of a tender of old notes may be made on or after the expiration date of the exchange offer. The undersigned understands that for a withdrawal of a tender of old notes to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal that complies with the requirements of the exchange offer must be timely received by the exchange agent at its address specified on the cover of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to the expiration date.

The undersigned understands that the exchange of old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of (i) such old notes (or Book-Entry Confirmation of the transfer of such old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC) and (ii) a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with respect to such old notes, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal or a properly transmitted Agent’s Message. The term “Agent’s Message” means, with respect to any tendered old notes, a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from each tendering participant to the effect that, with respect to those old notes they have received the Letter of Transmittal and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and the Company may enforce such agreement against such participant.

The undersigned hereby represents, warrants and agrees that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign, and transfer the tendered old notes and that the Company will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances when the tendered old notes are acquired by the Company as contemplated herein, and the tendered old notes are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. The undersigned warrants and agrees that the undersigned and each beneficial owner will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company and/or the exchange agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the tender, exchange, sale, assignment and transfer of the tendered old notes, and that the undersigned will comply with its obligations under the registration rights agreement. The undersigned has read and agreed to all of the terms of the exchange offer.

By tendering old notes and executing this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) neither the undersigned nor any beneficial owner(s) is an “affiliate” of the Company, (ii) any new notes to be received by the undersigned and any beneficial owner(s) are being acquired by the undersigned and any beneficial owner(s) in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned and any beneficial owner(s), (iii) the undersigned and each beneficial owner have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of new notes to be received in the exchange offer in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iv) the undersigned is not a broker-dealer tendering old notes acquired directly from the Company and (v) the undersigned or any such beneficial owner is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such new notes.

2

All questions as to the form of all documents and the validity, including time of receipt, and acceptance of all tenders of old notes will by determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all the parties. Alternative, conditional or contingent tenders of old notes will not be considered valid. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of old notes that are not in proper form or the acceptance of which, in the Company’s opinion, would be unlawful.

All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, personal and legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

3

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

Signature(s) of Registered Owner(s) or Authorized Signatory:

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):

Address:

Area Code and Telephone No.:

Principal Amount of Outstanding Old Notes Tendered:

Certificate No(s) of Old Notes:

If Old Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer at The Depository Trust Company, insert:

Depository Account No.:

Date:

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the registered holder(s) of tendered old notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear on certificates for such tendered old notes or on a security position listing as the owner of old notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information:

PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)

Name(s):

Capacity:

Address(es):

THE GUARANTEE ON THE REVERSE SIDE MUST BE COMPLETED

4

GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or a correspondent in the United States, or otherwise an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), hereby guarantees delivery to the exchange agent, at one of its addresses set forth above, either certificates for the old notes tendered hereby, in proper form of transfer, or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such old notes to the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the prospectus, in either case together with one or more properly completed and duly executed Letter(s) of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or an agent’s message in lieu thereof) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, all within three American Stock Exchange trading days after the date of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

The undersigned acknowledges that it must communicate the guarantee to the exchange agent and deliver the Letter of Transmittal or an Agent’s Message (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal) in lieu thereof and old notes tendered hereby to the exchange agent within the time period set forth above and that failure to do say could result in financial loss to the undersigned.

Name of Firm:

Address:

Area Code and Telephone No.:

Authorized Signature

Name:

Title:

Date:

DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF OLD NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, A PROPERLY COMPLETED AND DULY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.

5

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.

Letter to Registered Holders and The Depository Trust Company

Regarding Its

Offer to Exchange

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

Which Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

For

Any and All of Its Outstanding

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

                     , 2004

To Registered Holders and The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) Participants:

Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), is offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus dated                      , 2004 (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “prospectus”) and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together with the prospectus constitute the “exchange offer”), up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 of the Company which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “new notes”), for any and all of the Company’s outstanding 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “old notes”). As set forth in the prospectus, the terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes, except that the new notes will not contain the terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and payments of additional interest that relate to the old notes.

The exchange offer provides a procedure for holders to tender the old notes by means of guaranteed delivery.

The exchange offer and withdrawal rights will expire at midnight, New York City time, on                      , 2004 unless the offer is extended (the “expiration date”). The exchange offer will not, under any circumstances, extend beyond November 8, 2004. Tenders may be withdrawn prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date if such old notes have not previously been accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer.

For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold old notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee as quickly as possible, enclosed herewith are copies of the following documents:

1. Prospectus dated                      , 2004

2. Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your clients

3. Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

4. Letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold old notes or book-entry interests representing old notes in your name or in the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such client’s instructions with regard to the exchange offer.

Your prompt action is required. Please furnish copies of the enclosed materials to your clients as quickly as possible.

To participate in the exchange offer, a beneficial holder must either (a) complete, sign and date the Letter of Transmittal and deliver it to U.S. Bank Trust National Association (the “exchange agent”) at the address set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and either (i) deliver to the exchange agent certificates representing the registered old notes in proper form for transfer, or (ii) cause a DTC Participant to make book-entry delivery of the old notes; or (b) cause a DTC Participant to tender such holder’s old notes to the exchange agent’s account maintained at DTC for the benefit of the exchange agent through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), including transmission of a computer-generated message whereby the beneficial holder acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal (an “Agent’s Message”). By complying with DTC’s ATOP procedures with respect to the exchange offer, the DTC Participant confirms, on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of tendered old notes, that all provisions of the Letter of Transmittal, applicable to it and to such beneficial owners, have been complied with as if it completed, executed and returned the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent.

Holders who wish to tender their old notes and (a) whose old notes are not immediately available or (b) who cannot deliver their old notes, the Letter of Transmittal or an Agent’s Message and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the expiration date must tender their old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Old Notes” in the prospectus.

Based on interpretations by the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as set forth in certain interpretative letters to third parties in other transactions, new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other than a holder which is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or a “broker” or “dealer” registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provision of the Securities Act, provided that such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holder is not engaging, does not intend to engage, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of such new notes. See “Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.,” SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991), and “Exxon Capital Holding Corporation,” SEC No-Action Letter (available May 13, 1988).

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of old notes will make certain representations to the Company. The “Instruction to Registered Holder or DTC Participant from Beneficial Owner” form (included in the enclosed Letter to Clients) contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of old notes for you to make such representations.

The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered, except that old notes may be tendered only in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, the Company will not be required to accept for exchange, or to exchange any new notes for, any old notes and may terminate the exchange offer (whether or not any old notes have been accepted for exchange) or may waive any conditions to or amend the exchange offer, if any of the conditions described in the prospectus under “The Exchange Offer – Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have occurred or exist or have not been satisfied.

The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of, holders of old notes residing in any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction or would otherwise not be in compliance with any provision of any applicable security law. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of old notes being tendered.

Except for customary fees the Company has agreed to pay the exchange agent, the Company will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other persons in connection with the solicitation of

tenders of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The Company will not pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of old notes to it, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 9 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the exchange offer may be addressed to, and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the exchange agent at the following telephone number: (651) 244 8161.

Very truly yours,

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.

Nothing contained herein or in the enclosed documents shall render you or any other person the agent of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., U.S. Bank Trust National Association or any other person, or authorize you or any other person to use any document or make any statement or representation on their behalf in connection with the exchange offer other than the documents enclosed herewith and the statements contained therein.

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.

Letter to Clients

Regarding Its

Offer to Exchange

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

Which Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

For

Any and All of Its Outstanding

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

                     , 2004

To Our Clients:

We are enclosing herewith a prospectus dated                      , 2004 (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time, the “prospectus”) and the related Letter of Transmittal (which together with the prospectus constitute the “exchange offer”), in connection with the offer by Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) to exchange up to $150 million aggregate principal amount of 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 of the Company (the “new notes”) which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for any and all of the Company’s outstanding 8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “old notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the exchange offer. As set forth in the prospectus, the terms of the new notes are identical in all material respects to the old notes, except that the new notes will not contain the terms with respect to transfer restrictions, registration rights and payments of additional interest that relate to the old notes.

The enclosed material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of old notes held by us for your account or benefit but not registered in your name. An exchange of old notes may only be made by us as the registered holder pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Company urges beneficial owners of old notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such holder promptly if they wish to exchange old notes in the exchange offer. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender your beneficial ownership of old notes held by us for your account. The exchange offer provides a procedure for holders to tender by means of guaranteed delivery.

We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of your old notes held by us for your account or benefit pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer. We also request that you confirm that we may, on your behalf, make the representations contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to you as beneficial owner. We urge you to read carefully the prospectus and Letter of Transmittal before instructing us to exchange your old notes and confirming that we may make the representations contained in the Letter of Transmittal.

Your attention is directed to the following:

1. The exchange offer will expire at midnight, New York City time, on                      , 2004, unless extended (the “expiration date”). The exchange offer will not, under any circumstances, extend beyond November 8, 2004.

2. Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date if such old notes have not been previously accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer.

3. The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered, except that old notes may be tendered only in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

4. The forms and terms of the new notes are the same in all material respects as the forms and terms of the old notes which they replace, except that the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act. Interest on the new notes will accrue from the most recent interest payment date on the old notes, or, if no interest has been paid on the old notes, from February 10, 2004.

5. Based on interpretations by the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as set forth in certain interpretative letters addressed to third parties in other transactions, new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for old notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by a holder thereof (other than a holder which is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or a “broker” or “dealer” registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provision of the Securities Act, provided that such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder’s business and such holder is not engaging, does not intend to engage, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of such new notes. See “Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.,” SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991), and “Exxon Capital Holding Corporation,” SEC No-Action Letter (available May 13, 1988).

6. The trading market for old notes not exchanged in the exchange offer may be significantly more limited than it is at present.

7. Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, the Company will not be required to accept for exchange, or to exchange. any new notes for any old notes and may terminate the exchange offer (whether or not any old notes have been accepted for exchange) or may waive any conditions to or amend the exchange offer, if any of the conditions described in the prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have occurred or exist or have not been satisfied.

8. The Company will not pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of old notes to it, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 9 of the Letter of Transmittal.

The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of, holders of old notes residing in any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction or would otherwise not be in compliance with any provision of any applicable security law.

If you wish us to tender any or all of your old notes held by us for your account or benefit, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the attached instruction form. An envelope to return your instructions is enclosed. If you authorize a tender of your old notes, the entire principal amount of old notes held for your account will be tendered unless otherwise specified on the instruction form. Your instructions must be forwarded to us in ample time to permit us to submit a tender on your behalf by the expiration date. Again, please note that the accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you only for informational purposes and may not be used by you to exchange old notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.

INVERNESS MEDICAL INNOVATIONS, INC.

Offer to Exchange

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

Which Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

For

Any and All of Its Outstanding

8¾% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2012

Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed prospectus and related Letter of Transmittal in connection with the offer by Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) to exchange new notes for old notes.

This will instruct you to tender the principal amount of old notes indicated below held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus dated                      , 2004 and the related Letter of Transmittal.

The undersigned represents that (i) the new notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of the undersigned’s business, (ii) the undersigned is not engaging, does not intend to engage, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of such new notes, (iii) the undersigned is not an “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the Company and (iv) the undersigned is not a “broker” or “dealer” that acquired old notes for its own account pursuant to marking making or other trading activities.

Sign here:		Dated:
	(Signature(s))
Securities which are to be tendered:
¨        Tender all of the old notes

Aggregate Principal Amount*

Name(s)(Please Print)

Address

Zip Code

Area Code and Telephone Number

* Unless otherwise indicated, it will be assumed that all of the old notes listed are to be tendered.